Administrators Guide WebWare Server

Version 4.9 Document ID: 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The information in this manual is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this manual. Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this manual, nothing herein shall be construed as any kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damages to persons or property, fitness for a specific purpose or the like. In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of this manual and products described herein.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

This manual and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB's written permission, and contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for any unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted. Additional copies of this manual may be obtained from ABB at its then current charge.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB All rights reserved. ABB AB Robotics Products 721 68 Vsters Sweden

Table of Contents

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Whats New In This Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 Welcome to WebWare Server 15

1.1 What is WebWare Server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.2 WebWare Server Network Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1.3 Information Flow and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2 Get Started with WebWare Server 23

2.1 Get Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.2 WebWare Server Implementation Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 2.3 WebWare Server Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 2.4 PC Hardware and Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.5 Recommended Software for Performance Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2.5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 2.5.2 MSMQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 2.5.3 Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

2.6 Installing WebWare Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2.6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6.2 Upgrading WebWare Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2.6.3 Complete Installation of WebWare Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 2.6.4 Custom Installation of WebWare Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 2.6.5 License Key Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2.6.6 How to request and install a license key over the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 2.6.7 How to request a license key using e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 2.6.8 How to install a license key received by e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 2.6.9 Completing the Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 2.6.10 Checking Your Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 2.6.11 Medium and Large System Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 2.6.12 Configure WebWare Server Authentication - Medium & Large Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 2.6.13 Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 2.6.14 Creating Additional WebWare Data Collectors - Medium & Large Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 2.6.15 WebWare Server Database Setup for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.7 Installing ABB WebWare Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

2.7.1 User Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 2.7.2 Download the Installation Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 2.7.3 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.8 Configuring System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

2.8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 2.8.2 Enabling the WebWare Interface - Small Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 2.8.3 Determining the IP Address of Robots on Your Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 2.8.4 ABB Robot Configuration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 2.8.5 Connecting a Robot to a Data Collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 2.8.6 Creating a Robot Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 2.8.7 Robot Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 2.8.8 How to Add S4 Robot Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 2.8.9 How to Add IRC5 Robot Alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 2.8.10 Connecting Other Device Types to a Data Collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 2.8.11 Plant Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 2.8.12 Checking System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 3 WebWare Server Module 85

3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 3

Table of Contents

3.2 WebWare Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

3.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 3.2.2 Settings Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 3.2.3 Devices Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 3.2.4 Data Collector Setup Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 3.2.5 Database Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 3.2.6 How to Restore an Archived Database to a New Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 3.2.7 Backup Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 3.2.8 How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 3.2.9 How to Configure IIS when Storing the Windows User Name in the Backup Log . . . . . . . . . . 115 3.2.10 Reports Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.3 License Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

3.3.1 ABB Robotics License Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 3.3.2 WebWare License Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.4 User Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

3.4.1 Help Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 3.4.2 Documentation Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 3.4.3 How to Add Content to the Documentation Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 4 WebWare Report Module 127

4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

4.2 WebWare Data Collection & Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

4.2.1 Info Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 4.2.2 Data Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 4.2.3 WebWare Server Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 4.2.4 Relocating a WebWare Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 4.2.5 Creating a New WebWare Server Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 4.2.6 Custom Database Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 4.2.7 How to Enable WebWare Reports for Custom Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 4.2.8 Data Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 4.2.9 WebWare Data Event Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 4.3.1 Reports Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2 Report Viewer Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.3 Report Manager Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4 How to Build a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.5 Report Builder Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6 How to Edit Reports You've Created . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.7 How to Run a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.8 How to Add an Existing Module to Your Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.9 How to Create a Chart/Table Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.10 How to Set Up Chart/Table Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.11 How to Build a Database Query. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.12 How to Use the Query Builder Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.13 How to Apply Design-Time Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.14 How to Apply Chart Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.15 How to Apply Table Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.16 HTML Module Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.17 How to Add an HTML Module to Your Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.18 How to Export a Table to Excel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.19 How to Export Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.20 How to Import Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.21 How to Enable Log Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.22 Service Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 167 168 169 170 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 188 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 199
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4.3 WebWare Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Table of Contents

4.3.23 How to configure Service Information System (SIS) for IRC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 4.3.24 Service Information System (SIS) Logs Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 5 WebWare Backup Module 205

5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

5.2 ABB WebWare Server & ABB Network File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

5.2.1 Network File System (NFS) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 5.2.2 How to Configure NFS at the Device Configuration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 5.2.3 How to Configure an NFS Mount for an S4 Robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 5.2.4 How to Configure an NFS Mount for an IRC5 Robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 5.2.5 How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Teach Pendant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 5.2.6 How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Flex Pendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 5.2.7 File Management Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
5.3 WebWare Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

5.3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 5.3.2 How to Configure WebWare Backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 5.3.3 How to Configure WebWare NFS Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 5.3.4 Backup Control Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 5.3.5 How to Use On-Demand Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 5.3.6 Backup Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 5.3.7 Backup Status Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 5.3.8 Backup Schedule Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 5.3.9 Schedule Manager Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 5.3.10 How to Schedule Backups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 5.3.11 Backup Results Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 5.3.12 How to Display Backup Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 5.3.13 Backup Restore Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 5.3.14 How to Use the WebWare File Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 5.3.15 How to Use the Restore Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 5.3.16 How to Restore a Backup Using WebWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 5.3.17 Backup Summary Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5.4 WebWare Ramdisk Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

5.4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 5.4.2 How to Set Up a Data Collector as a Ramdisk Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
5.5 WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

5.5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 5.5.2 Configuring WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 5.5.3 WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module Screen Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 5.5.4 Retrieving Latest File Version from Visual SourceSafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 5.5.5 Retrieving Selected File Version from Visual SourceSafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 5.5.6 Viewing File Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 5.5.7 Assigning File Types in Visual SourceSafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 6 System Reference 263

6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.2 Custom Web Site Configuration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

6.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 6.2.2 General Installation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 6.2.3 Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 6.2.4 Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 6.2.5 Accessing the IIS Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 6.2.6 Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 6.2.7 Selecting the Default Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 6.2.8 Enabling Execute Permissions for WWBin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 5

Table of Contents

6.2.9 Running the .Net Installation Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 6.2.10 Configuring IIS with Personal Web Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 6.2.11 Custom Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 6.2.12 Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 6.2.13 Installed Files and Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
6.3 Windows Service Pack Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

6.3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.2 ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.3 Windows Firewall Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.4 DCOM Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286 287 288 289

6.4 WebWare RAPID Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

6.4.1 WebWare RAPID Module (WebWare.sys) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 6.4.2 Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 6.4.3 RAPID Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 6.4.4 WWRestore Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 6.4.5 WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 6.4.6 WWStartBackup Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 6.4.7 WWIncrCounter Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 6.4.8 WWStartTimer Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 6.4.9 WWStopTimer Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 6.4.10 WWLogTimedEvent Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 6.4.11 WWSetProgramInfo Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 6.4.12 WWSetLabels Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 6.4.13 WWSetField Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 6.4.14 WebWare Server Link State Heartbeat Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
6.5 Return Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

6.7 Null Modem Cable Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

6.7.1 RS-232 Cable Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 6.7.2 S4 Controller Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

6.8 Installing WebWare Server with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

6.8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6.5.1 Return Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.2 RPC Communications Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.3 InterLink Module Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.4 General Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.5 InterLink FTP Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.6 InterLink Error Code Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.7 InterLink Monitor Connecting Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.8 Variable Handling Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.9 Program Handling Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.10 File Handling Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.11 Configuration Handling Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.12 Log Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 WebWare Server Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

321 322 323 325 326 327 329 331 333 334 335 336 338

Overview

Overview
About This Manual This manual contains information and procedures to install, configure, administer and use the ABB WebWare Server. Usage This manual should be used during installation, configuration, administration and use of the ABB WebWare Server. Who Should Read This Manual? This manual is intended for: Prerequisites The reader should:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

System Administrators Network Technicians Computer Technicians Production Technicians

Be familiar with basic robot concepts. Have knowledge and understanding of computers and computer networks as well as robots and robot controllers. Know generic program handling on a computer with the Windows operating system. Know how to administer, configure and install the Microsoft Windows operating system.

Organization of Chapters The manual is organized in the following chapters: Chapter

1. Welcome to WebWare Server 2. Get Started with WebWare Server 3. WebWare Server Module 4. WebWare Report Module

Contents
Introduction to WebWare Server and network topology. How to install WebWare Server on a PC and connect robot controllers and other devices on the WebWare network to it. It also describes how to install the WebWare Server Web Client. How to administer WebWare Server. Describes the features of the WebWare Server Report Module that allows you to remotely monitor the state of the devices connected to your WebWare Server network. It also describes how to create custom reports to display production and service status information about devices on the WebWare Server network.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 7

Overview Continued Chapter

5. WebWare Backup Module

Contents
Describes the features of the WebWare Server Backup Module that allows you to move files on and off robot controllers to backup the investment you have made in robot programming, even using popular version control systems such as Microsoft Visual SourceSafe. Reference information containing detailed information on the rich user interfaces provided by WebWare Server and its components, as well as error code explanations and more.

6. System Reference

References Reference
-

Document Id

Revisions Revision
A B Released with WebWare 4.9.

Description
First release

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Whats New In This Release

Whats New In This Release

Overview For information about whats new in this release, please see the release notes (ReadMe.htm) on the installation CD.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Glossary

Glossary
Important Terms The table below defines terms as we will use them in describing concepts in WebWare products. Term
Alarms

Definition
OPC events that indicate a problem with some part of the system. OPC alarms include several conditions, including type, severity, state, name, etc. The named instance of a robot controller accessed by InterLink. The list of files, robot program modules, log files, etc. that you selected for backup from a robot controller. ABB robot controller operating system software. Counters count event occurrences over a given time frame. Typical WebWare counters are ideal for counting parts per hour and failures per hour, often set from RAPID robot controller counter functions. Any computer that has InterLink software installed on it. A Data Collector collects data from robot controllers and pushes that data up to WebWare Server. The WebWare Data Event Editor allows you to increment WebWare counters or start and stop WebWare timers based on an OPC tags state. A data source name (DSN) is a data structure that contains information about a specific database that an Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver needs to connect to it. Included in the DSN, which resides either in the registry or as a separate text file, is information such as the name, directory and driver of the database, and depending on the type of DSN, the user ID and password. A default web site is the first site that will appear when a browser is pointed to http://hostname where hostname is the name of the server PC. Program that allows users to configure robot aliases and profiles for use in the WebWare system. File that stores event messages from the robot. Something that happens. In WebWare, typical events include StatusChanged events, Help events etc.

Alias Backup file set BaseWare Counters

Data Collector

Data Event

Data Source Name (DSN)

Default Web Site

Device Configuration Utility (DCU) Event Log Events

Extensible Markup Language XML, a formal recommendation from the World Wide Web (XML) Consortium (W3C), is similar to the language of today's Web pages, the Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). XML is a markup language for documents containing structured information. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) Protocol used for transferring files (text, graphic images, sound, video, and other multimedia files) on the World Wide Web.

Hypertext Markup Language The set of markup symbols or codes inserted in a file intended (HTML) for display on a World Wide Web browser page. InterLink Module The ABB InterLink Module provides the core communications support needed for ABB WebWare products.

Continues on next page

10 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Glossary Continued Term

InterLink Monitor InterLink Service

Definition
Utility program that allows users to monitor the connection status of devices connected to the WebWare network. The InterLink executable object that is installed in the registry database maintained by the Service Control Manager. The InterLink service, when installed, allows InterLink to be started at boot time by a boot program, by the system, or it can be started on demand by the Service Control Manager. The numeric Internet Protocol address that uniquely identifies each computer on a network that uses TCP/IP. The IP address is a 32-bit identifier made up of four groups of numbers, each separated by a period, such as 123.432.154.12. A license key allows you to use an application or a feature of an application that you have purchased from ABB. A license key is a data record in a license file. You will receive one or more license files each containing one or more license keys for the various applications that you have purchased from ABB. A request received either electronically or via mail, for a license key that will allow you to operate a piece of ABB software or a feature of an ABB software product. An additional application or device connected to the same Robot alias on a WebWare network. Individual error or event messages that are grouped into a log file. Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ) technology enables applications running at different times to communicate across heterogeneous networks and systems that may be temporarily offline. Applications send messages to queues and read messages from queues. MSMQ provides guaranteed message delivery, efficient routing, security and priority-based messaging. It can be used to implement solutions for both asynchronous and synchronous messaging scenarios. The ABB Network File System (NFS) option was originally designed to provide an alternative method for restoring files to a robot controller via a Teach Pendant.

IP Address

License Key

License Request

Linked Alias Log messages Microsoft Message Queue Server (MSMQ)

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Network File System (NFS)

Open Database Connectivity An open standard application programming interface (API) for (ODBC) accessing a database. OLE for Process Controls (OPC) A standard interface developed by the OPC Foundation. It allows factory floor devices, business information and control systems to communicate with each other using a standard industrial protocol. The OPC specifications are available at http://www.opcfoundation.org. Any Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) for Process Controls (OPC) compliant device. Devices could include PLCs, HMI devices etc. The OPC Server is an ABB software product that provides an interface to all robot controllers using the OLE for Process Controls (OPC) specification. In RAPID, a variable that keeps its value between sessions.

OPC Device

OPC Server

Persistent Variables

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 11

Glossary Continued Term

Poll delay

Definition
This field contains the InterLink polling delay in milliseconds. The polling delay is the amount of time the robot interface sleeps between polling cycles. The default polling delay is 200 milliseconds. A profile is a group of properties and parameters that determine the behavior of a robot alias. In an ABB robot controller, a memory device located in the controllers RAM. Provides an application interface to the ABB Robot Controllers. RAP provides a set of services that you can use to control and monitor ABB Robots from an external computer. Programming language used to program ABB robots. The naming device used by InterLink to refer to a designated device on the WebWare network. RAPID programs consist of one or more modules. There are two types of modules:Program modules - contain the RAPID program statementsSystem modules - configuration parameters and robot settings A program, routine, or process that performs a specific system function to support other programs, particularly at a low (close to the hardware) level. An interface that allows InterLink to respond to all functions and methods, even though InterLink is not connected to a real robot controller. Used for application development. The Microsoft program that manages Structured Query Language (SQL) databases. When referring to the product or the server running the product, SQL is pronounced sequel and takes the article a when not preceded by Microsoft - for example, an SQL Server.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Profile Ramdisk Robot Application Protocol (RAP) RAPID Robot Alias Robot modules

Service

Simulated Interface

SQL Server

Structured Query Language (SQL) Tags Task scheduler Transfer Control Protocol (TCP) Timers

SQL is a standard interactive and programming language for getting information from and updating a database. A tag is a name or a label for a piece of data or a data point. WebWare uses tags to label data on various display pages. A Windows utility that can run a script, program or document at a pre-selected time, either on a one-time or repeating basis. A protocol used along with the Internet Protocol (IP) to send data in the form of message units between computers over the Internet. A software routine that causes the system to trigger an event whenever a specified interval elapsed or at user-defined intervals. Typical timers in WebWare are used to measure cycle time, squeeze time, hold time, etc. An address that uniquely identifies a location on the Internet. A URL for a World Wide Web site is preceded with http://, as in the fictitious URL http://www.example.microsoft.com. A URL can contain more detail, such as the name of a page of hypertext, usually identified by the file name extension .html or .htm. A virtual directory is addressed as http://hostname/vdir where vdir is the name of the virtual directory created by the site administrator.

Uniform or Universal Resource Locator (URL)

Virtual Directory

Continues on next page

12 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Glossary Continued Term

Visual SourceSafe (VSS) WebWare

Definition
A source code repository program from Microsoft used to store and maintain version control of software components. WebWare is a suite of products that provide a web site for process monitoring, file management, collection of production statistics and diagnostic information. The WebWare family consists of WebWare Server (the web site software) and the WebWare SDK for developing custom factory-floor PC operator stations. A WebWare utility that backs up a robot program or selected robot modules. WebWare Server is a standard software product used to present production data, statistics, and diagnostic information collected from S4 robot controllers, HMI applications, and other factory floor automation equipment. The computer that is the WebWare Server host computer. The machine where WebWare Server software is installed. Software that allows a remote computer to browse to the WebWare Server web site. Requires Windows Internet Explorer.

WebWare Backup WebWare Server

WebWare Server host machine WebWare WebClient

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

13

14

Glossary

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.1. What is WebWare Server?

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.1. What is WebWare Server?
Overview WebWare Server is a web-based IT solution tailored to flexible automation. Besides support for ABB robots, WebWare Server incorporates industry-standard protocols and interfaces, such as OPC, thereby supporting a wide variety of automation equipment. In this way, WebWare Server can help you manage and automate many of your common plant floor IT needs. WebWare Server: Supports lifecycle management of production software Accelerates the fault recovery process Provides real-time production feedback

WebWare Server comes with two optional modules, the Backup module and the Report module. The table below provides an overview of the optional modules. Function
Device Information Reports & Data Collection Backup Documentation Administration Login Help
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Server Module
X

Report Module
X

Backup Module

X X X X (X) (X)

Each of the following sections describes the major capabilities of WebWare Server and its modules. WebWare Backup Module Your plant network provides the communication infrastructure that WebWare Server uses for plant-wide file management. Any equipment that supports the FTP file transfer protocol can be included in WebWare Servers file management & backup system. WebWare Servers Backup module features accelerate fault recovery by providing ready access to the archive of production programs, allowing for rapid recovery in the event of equipment substitution or the need for post-repair software reloads. Additionally, version control of programs (available if you have Microsoft Visual SourceSafe) permits online visual review of change history to correlate program changes with quality problems. The ability to perform unattended, scheduled backups is practical for safeguarding critical part programs and tracking program changes. Once your production files are safely archived, you can restore them to the device controller or download them directly to your PC for offline program maintenance. WebWare Server includes built-in support for Microsoft Visual SourceSafe and NFS; this provides additional capabilities for efficient file handling and secure version control, including change history and version comparison.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 15

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.1. What is WebWare Server? Continued WebWare Report Module WebWare Server Report module provides access to both live and historical production data. Accessing live data, you can monitor the current status of production equipment that presents its data via OPC. WebWare Server incorporates the concepts of user-defined Counters and Timers. Counters are data elements that can be used to quantify some measure (e.g., the number of parts produced, the number of defects, the size of a part buffer) during some user-defined repeating interval (e.g. hours, days, weeks). A Timer is a data item that can be repeatedly started & stopped, and used to measure the duration of some state or action (e.g. the amount of time waiting for a part, amount of time taken to perform a process). Counters and Timers, robot Event Log messages, and OPC Alarms & Events message are recorded to a historical relational database. You access this data through a flexible, self-service reporting system that has the flexibility to allow you to explore data online, in an ad hoc fashion. You can define reports online and save them for future viewing, a practical way to publish standard reports online. Some examples of common data reports include inventory status, fault pareto charts, equipment utilization rates, arc weld quality, and preventive maintenance reminders. WebWare Server Database WebWare Server stores data gathered from your system in an SQL database that is automatically created the first time you run WebWare Server. This database stores information such as: Log messages generated by the robot Persistent variable values from your RAPID program Counter and Timer names and values OPC alarm tables
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

For more information, see WebWare Server Database on page 135. WebWare RAPID Module You can also create custom tables in your WebWare Server database and populate those tables with information from your RAPID programs. For more information, see Custom Database Tables on page 145. WebWare SDK Applications Using the WebWare SDK, you can develop custom applications (gateways to other IT systems, factory devices, etc.) that can provide additional data to WebWare Server for archiving and subsequent access. The WWClientApp control, when embedded in an application that you have developed, can write records to the WebWare Server database, via InterLink. Remote Diagnostic & Service Information WebWare continuously monitors connected equipment, logging diagnostic information. By storing this information external to the equipment, it is readily available to local and remote users. Even if the production system is down, remote experts have access to the information through their web browser.

16

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.2. WebWare Server Network Topology

1.2. WebWare Server Network Topology

Introduction The following diagram depicts all of the components of the WebWare network topology. The components shown are defined in the following sections.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001582

WebWare Server The WebWare Server is a host computer running WebWare Server software. The host collects and stores the data received from the Data Collectors in the SQL database (devicelog.mdf). WebWare Server uses Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) to present the web site. The browser-based user interface provides access to both dynamic and historical data. Data Collector In WebWare terminology, a Data Collector is a computer that communicates with one or more WebWare devices (robot controllers, WebWare HMI applications or OPC devices) and feeds that information to WebWare Server. The Data Collector concept was developed to streamline data collection and network traffic in large installations by distributing the data collection task.Typically, a Data Collector is a factory floor PC that may host an operator interface or other factory computer application. Since Data Collectors are usually installed close to robot controllers, they often serve as plant floor operator interfaces or cell controllers in addition to being WebWare Data Collectors. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 17

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.2. WebWare Server Network Topology Continued The WebWare Server architecture was designed with scalability in mind. There is no limit to the number of Data Collectors that can be attached to a WebWare Server. For installations that have 1 - 5 WebWare devices, the same PC used to host the WebWare Server site can also function as the Data Collector. Large systems, with 30 or more WebWare devices, must use Data Collectors. For systems of this size, the WebWare network server cannot be configured to act as a Data Collector. Medium size systems, with between 6 and 30 devices, may see a performance improvement if standalone Data Collectors are added to the system. Each Data Collector can communicate with up thirty (30) WebWare devices. When the WebWare network server needs to send data to the robot, it uses the Data Collector to perform the work. For systems that use Data Collectors, it is not necessary to configure the network server as a Data Collector. For Data Collector hardware and software requirements, see Data Collector Computer Hardware Requirements on page 32. ABB Robot Controller WebWare supports any ABB robot controller, that has the PC Interface or FactoryWare option installed. Robot controllers can be connected to Data Collectors using a TCP/IP over Ethernet or SLIP (serial) connection. WebWare SDK Application A WebWare Client Application is any PC application that incorporates an instance of the WebWare Client Application ActiveX control (part of WebWare SDK). This control allows an application to provide information about itself to be sent to WebWare Server and displayed on the WebWare Server web site. OPC Device WebWare supports any OPC 1.0 or 2.0 Data Access Devices. WebWare also supports Alarm and Event Devices from a OPC 1.0 device. Local PC The Local PC depicted in the topology diagram denotes any PC that is connected to the same computer network as the WebWare Server host computer. Local PCs can access the server web site using Microsoft Internet Explorer and then download WebWare web client software to access the WebWare Server web site. Remote PC Remote PCs can access WebWare Server using either a dialup modem connection or via the Internet. Once a remote PC has established a connection with the web server, authorized users can view the WebWare web site with Microsoft Internet Explorer and the WebWare Server web client. File Device The File Device depicted in the topology diagram denotes any FTP server or NFS mount that can be accessed by WebWare Server for example.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

18

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.3. Information Flow and Timing

1.3. Information Flow and Timing

Distributed Software Structure The WebWare architecture is scalable such that the data collection task can be distributed across any number of plant floor PCs to streamline network traffic. Data Collectors pull realtime data from plant-floor devices and push that data up to the WebWare Server host machine. WebWare Server uses Microsoft Messaging Queue (MSMQ) to provide local data buffering in the event of temporary network disconnects. Once on the server, all data are consolidated into an SQL database. In addition, Data Collectors are capable of backing up the file systems of plant floor devices on a scheduled basis. These data are then cataloged in a structured archive on the server, or they can be automatically entered into a version control system. These capabilities are critical for safeguarding device programs and configuration files, as well as capturing changes made in production.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001583

The following diagram depicts the key functional blocks needed to understand the WebWare Server communication architecture.

xx0500001584

The fact that the InterLink Module is installed on the WebWare Server host computer means that we can think of the host as a Data Collector as well as a server. The various communications paths are described in the following sections.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 19

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.3. Information Flow and Timing Continued InterLink Module to ABB Robot Controller The InterLink Module polls the robot constantly to track the state of the robot controller. InterLink tracks the current robot operational state, attached digital and analog signal states, selected persistent variable states, and the contents of the robot controllers ramdisk. The amount of data collected and the frequency of the collection is configured using the Device Configuration Utility (DCU). When a robot encounters an error or executes an SCWRITE RAPID instruction, it sends asynchronous messages to InterLink describing the event. The timing of these asynchronous message deliveries is independent of the InterLink polling engine configuration. InterLink also performs all robot file access functions such as backup, mirroring, etc. For more information, see Understanding and Optimizing the Polling Engine in the Device Configuration Utility help file. InterLink Module to WebWare SDK Application InterLink does not poll WebWare client applications. A client application sends information to InterLink when it makes sense to do so in the application. WebWare Client Applications do this by calling methods and writing to properties in the WebWare SDK WWClientApp control. The WWClientApp control sends two types of data to the InterLink: dynamic data and historical data. Dynamic data are used to display the current state of the client application on the web site. Historical data are written into the WebWare Server database. WebWare client applications should refrain from sending dynamic data too frequently. The information sent should be paced so that InterLink has time to relay the information to WebWare Server. Dynamic data should be updated no faster than once per second. If this information is sent more frequently, only the most recent information is displayed in the browser interface. The historical data can be sent as often as it makes sense for the application. WebWare places all of the historical information it receives in the WebWare Server database. InterLink Module to WebWare Server The InterLink Module pushes information to WebWare Server. InterLink collects all the information from the attached robot controllers and WebWare client applications. In terms of delivery timing, InterLink handles dynamic data in a different way than historical data. InterLink stores all of the dynamic states in local structures. Every second InterLink checks for a change in the dynamic state. If any changes are detected, InterLink sends these changes to WebWare Server. On a busy Data Collector, InterLink sends dynamic state updates every second. Any time InterLink receives new historical data, this data is immediately passed to WebWare Server. When WebWare Server needs to communicate with an attached robot controller, it sends messages to the Data Collector responsible for the work. WebWare Server only performs this work if the Data Collector is currently connected to the server. If the Data Collector is not connected, WebWare Server does not attempt to address the robot controller.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

20 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.3. Information Flow and Timing Continued WebWare WebClient to WebWare Server The WebWare WebClient is a set of controls that allows you to browse the WebWare Server web site via Microsoft Internet Explorer. Each page of the web site includes ActiveX components that update themselves dynamically by polling WebWare Server. This is how the WebWare site pages dynamically update themselves as the state of the attached devices change. The WebWare WebClient is not the same as an application that you develop using the WebWare SDK WWClientApp control! See the WebWare SDK documentation for more information on the WWClientApp control. InterLink Module to OPC Device InterLink can be configured to receive data from OPC Data Access Devices as well as OPC Alarms and Events Devices. InterLink does not poll OPC Data Access Devices for data. Instead, an OPC Device sends updated tag data that InterLink has subscribed to after the initial subscription or when the tag data has changed. The Data Access OPC Device uses Event Syncs (i.e., Connection Points) to send this data to InterLink. The Device Configuration Utility (DCU) is used to subscribe to the desired OPC Data Access Device tags (i.e., data). The tag data is viewable from the WebWare Server Data page. Alarms and Events OPC Devices send alarms and events to InterLink in a similar fashion. InterLink is configured using the DCU to subscribe to the desired OPC Alarms and Events Devices. The DCU allows InterLink to specify or filter the types of alarms and events (e.g., Alarm Severity) OPC devices send to InterLink. These alarms & events are logged in the WebWare Database and are accessible from the WebWare Server Data page.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

21

1 Welcome to WebWare Server

1.3. Information Flow and Timing

22

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.1. Get Started

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.1. Get Started
Overview This chapter describes system requirements, suggested implementation plan, installation checklist and installtion and configuration procedures that will help you to sucessfully setup a WebWare Server system.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

23

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.2. WebWare Server Implementation Plan

2.2. WebWare Server Implementation Plan

Introduction The following chapter assumes that: Phases 1 through 5 of the procedure beloware completed and all system components are confirmed to be in good working order. Since each installation will be different, we cannot supply detailed information on the tasks that must be completed during the early phases of the project. Before you install WebWare Server, you should have installed the necessary network infrastructure (cabling, routers, switches, etc.). The computer hardware and software for the WebWare Server host computer and any Data Collectors in the system meet the minimum requirements as shown in section PC Hardware and Software Requirements on page 28.

Typical Implementation The table below lists the major phases of a WebWare Server installation project. 1. Determine your system design based on the number of devices you will connect to the WebWare Server system. 2. If necessary, install and configure the PC Interface on each robot that will be connected to the WebWare Server system. 3. Install the plant network infrastructure. 4. Install any external Data Collectors and connect them to the plant network. 5. Connect any other plant devices to the plant network. 6. Install the WebWare Server software on the host computer, and install the Data Collector software on any Data Collectors in the WebWare Server system. 7. Configure the devices in the system to communicate with WebWare Server.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

24

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.3. WebWare Server Installation Checklist

2.3. WebWare Server Installation Checklist

Introduction The information in this section is provided as a checklist when installing WebWare Server. Important Always restart the system when prompted to do so. Administrative priveliges are required to install and configure WebWare. Regularly use the Windows Update service to ensure that you have installed the latest security updates. Regularly maintain your virus protection software to ensure that you are protected against computer viruses. Hardware Requirements Check that the minimum hardware requirements are fulfilled. For details, see the following information: Software Requirements Check that you have installed the required service packs. For details about downloading service packs, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Check that you have installed Internet Information Services. For details, see the following information: Installing IIS on Windows 2000 Systems on page 266. Installing IIS on Windows XP Professional on page 266. Installing IIS on Windows Server 2003 Systems on page 266. Small System Server Hardware Requirements on page 28. Medium System Server Hardware Requirements on page 30. Large System Server Hardware Requirements on page 32. Data Collector Computer Hardware Requirements on page 32.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Check that Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 is installed. You can download it from http:// www.microsoft.com/windows/ie/default.mspx. System Configuration Requirements Check that the Administrative Tools folder is available in the Start-menu of your Windows operating system. For details, see the following information: Enabling Administrative Tools on Windows 2000 Professional on page 269. Enabling Administrative Tools on Windows XP Professional on page 269.

Check your domain name and computer name. Open the Control Panel and then click System. The System Properties property sheet appears. Select the Computer Name tab and write down the following information for future reference. Full Computer Name:________________________________ Domain:__________________________________________

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 25

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.3. WebWare Server Installation Checklist Continued Check your IP address. Open a command prompt and type: ipconfig IP Address:_______________________________________

Network Domain Configuration Requirements Check that all Data Collectors and the WebWare Server has valid trust relationships established in the domain. If not, the system might not operate properly. Contact your server administrator to set up the proper trust relationships. WebWare Server Installation Install WebWare Server. For further details, see Installing WebWare Server on page 38. Request a license key. For further details, see License Key Installation on page 44. Reboot the machine when prompted to do so. Data Collector Installation Install the Data Collectors. For more information, see the following information: Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems on page 56. Creating Additional WebWare Data Collectors - Medium & Large Systems on page 60.

Data Collector Configuration Enable the WebWare Server Interface. For more information, see How to Configure the WebWare Server Interface in the Device Configuration Utility help file. Check that ABB InterLink Monitor has started. The ABB InterLink Monitor icon will be visible in the notification area. If not, start InterLink Monitor by clicking Start, point to Programs or All Programs, ABB Industrial IT, Robotics IT, WebWare Server, and then click InterLink Monitor.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WebClient Installation Check that Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 is installed. You can download it from http:// www.microsoft.com/windows/ie/default.mspx. Check that the security settings allow you to download and run ActiveX controls. For more information, see User Security Settings on page 62. Install WebWare Server WebClient. For more information, see Overview on page 65. Robot Configuration NOTE: The robot must have the BaseWare Option "FactoryWare Interface" (S4systems) or "PC Interface" (IRC5-systems) installed. Check that the IP address is configured in the robot. TCP/IP is configured using an X-start. On the TeachPendant select Service, File, Restart + 159. Check that you have a connection to the robot. Open a command prompt and ping the IP address of the robot. Check that you have a list of IP addresses for all your robots for future reference. Check that you have loaded the WebWare.sys module. On the TeachPendant select Program, File, Open. The module is needed to e.g. restore files on the robot system disk using the TPU, but not essential for communicating with the robot. For more information about the WebWare.sys module, see WebWare RAPID Module (WebWare.sys) on page 291. Continues on next page
26 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.3. WebWare Server Installation Checklist Continued Verify System Connectivity At the Data Collector, use the Device Configuration Utility to create an Alias name and connect a robot. For more information, see How to Add S4 Robot Aliases or How to Add IRC5 Robot Aliases in the Device Configuration Utility help. For S4 profiles, you need to clear the Simulate Interface check box that is selected by default. If you do not clear this check box, you can not communicate with the robot. For more information, see S4 Profile Editor Interface Property Page in the Device Configuration Utility help.

At the Data Collector, check that ABB InterLink Monitor has started. The ABB InterLink Monitor icon will be visible in the notification area. If not, start InterLink Monitor by clicking Start, point to Programs or All Programs, ABB Industrial IT, Robotics IT, WebWare Server, and then click InterLink Monitor. At the Data Collector, use the Device Configuration Utility to check that WebWare Server is running. In the WebWare Server Interface Configuration dialog the WebWare Current Connection Status will state Running. For more information, see How to Configure the WebWare Server Interface in the Device Configuration Utility help.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

27

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements

Introduction We divide WebWare Server networks along the lines of small, medium and large systems. The following sections will detail what size a system is and what hardware and software is required to maximize performance and reliability. NOTE: Please read the Release Note on the installation CD for the latest information on hardware and software requirements. Small Systems (1 - 5 Devices) A small system typically connects 1 - 5 devices to a WebWare Server, as shown in the illustration below.

xx0500001585

By configuring the system so the WebWare Server host machine is set up to also function as the Data Collector, you save the expense of an additional computer to handle data collection duties. Small System Server Hardware Requirements The list below details the hardware requirements for the network server computer. Late Model Intel Processor (Pentium 4 or newer) 512 megabytes RAM 20 gigabytes available hard disk space plus enough hard disk space to store one backup for each robot system in the plant SVGA compatible display (1280 x 1024 resolution recommended) Microsoft-compatible mouse Network adapter configured for TCP/IP CD drive Backup system (Recommended) Uninterruptable Power Supply (Recommended) Continues on next page
28 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Small System Server Software Requirements The list below details the software requirements for a small-system WebWare Server host computer. Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition and Web Edition, or Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server, or Microsoft Windows XP Professional, or Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0

For service pack download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Medium Systems (6 - 30 Devices) The diagram below shows a medium-sized WebWare Server network.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001586

A medium size WebWare network requires a more robust server computer, especially if the server will also act as a Data Collector. For more information, see Data Collector on page 17. Normally, Data Collector computers are required on large systems. If your system will generate a large volume of network traffic, however, a separate Data Collector will improve performance significantly on a medium-sized system.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 29

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Medium System Server Hardware Requirements The list below details the server computer hardware requirements for a medium-sized WebWare Server network. Late Model Intel Processor (Pentium 4 or newer) 1 gigabyte RAM 20 gigabytes available hard disk space plus enough hard disk space to store one backup for each robot system in the plant SVGA compatible display (1280 x 1024 resolution recommended) Microsoft compatible mouse Network adapter configured for TCP/IP CD drive Backup system (Recommended) Uninterruptable Power Supply (Recommended)

Medium System Server Software Requirements The list below details the software requirements for a medium-sized WebWare Server network. Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition and Web Edition, or Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS), see Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) on page 266. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or later. Microsoft SQL Server is required to handle the performance required for the database writes that will occur on an active system. For details, see Microsoft SQL Server on page 37. Microsoft Visual SourceSafe 6.0 (Recommended). For details about configuring and using Microsoft Visual SourceSafe on your system, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255.

For service pack download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34.

Continues on next page

30 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Large Systems (30 + Devices) The diagram below shows a large system. Each cluster of robots in the illustration represents a line or cell containing up to 30 devices (robots, HMI applications, OPC devices, etc.). Large systems require Data Collectors - the WebWare Server host computer cannot be configured as a Data Collector.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001587

The following sections detail hardware and software requirements for the WebWare Server host computer and the Data Collector computers.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 31

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Large System Server Hardware Requirements The list below details the hardware requirements for the WebWare Server host computer. Late Model Intel Processor (Pentium 4 or newer) 1 gigabyte RAM 100 gigabytes available hard disk space SVGA compatible display (1280 x 1024 resolution recommended) Microsoft compatible mouse Network adapter configured for TCP/IP CD drive RAID 5 with fast SCSI hot-swappable disk drives and fast SCSI interface cards (Recommended) Backup system (Recommended) Uninterruptable Power Supply (Recommended)

Large System Server Software Requirements The list below details the software requirements for the WebWare Server host computer: Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition and Web Edition, or Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or later. Microsoft SQL Server is required to handle the performance of the database writes that will occur on an active system. For details, see Microsoft SQL Server on page 37.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ) version 2.0 or later, installed and configured, see MSMQ on page 36. Microsoft Visual SourceSafe 6.0. For details about configuring and using Microsoft Visual SourceSafe on your system, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255.

For service pack download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Data Collector Computer Hardware Requirements The Data Collector hardware requirements are listed below. Late model Intel processor (Pentium 4 or newer) 512 megabytes RAM 5 gigabytes available hard disk space plus enough hard disk space to store one backup for each robot system in the plant SVGA compatible display (1280 x 1024 resolution recommended) Microsoft compatible mouse Network adapter configured for TCP/IP CD-drive

Continues on next page

32 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Data Collector Computer Software Requirements The minimum software requirements for a Data Collector are listed below: Microsoft Windows XP Professional, or Microsoft Windows 2000 (any version) Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0

For service pack download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Data Collector Software Recommendations For best performance, especially in large systems, we recommend the following components, above and beyond the minimum requirements listed above: Microsoft Message Queuing 2.0 or later - especially for large (5+ robot) systems, see MSMQ on page 36. Requires no additional configuration.

How Many Data Collectors Are Needed? Determining how to dimension and set up your WebWare network depends on the robot application and use, amount of generated data traffic, polling cycle time, the network architecture, and of course, the number and physical location of robots on the network. Currently, we recommend that you install one Data Collector for every 30 robots on the network. Even for medium-sized systems, unless the server computer is a robust system with a large amount of memory and fast hard drives, you should seriously consider installing Data Collector computers for maximum system performance and reliability. The Data Collector is not required to be devoted only to WebWare Server tasks. Web Client Computer Requirements The web client computer is any computer that has the capability of browsing to the WebWare Server web site.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Hardware There are no minimum hardware requirements for a web client computer. We recommend, however, a SVGA compatible display (1280 x 1024 resolution recommended). Software Microsoft Windows XP Professional, or Microsoft Windows 2000 (any version) Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0

For Service Pack Download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Administrative and Network Requirements To install WebWare Server, you must be a system administrator with an administrator password. IMPORTANT: All Data Collectors and the WebWare Server host computer must have valid trust relationships established in the domain in order to operate properly. Contact your server administrator to set up the proper trust relationships.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 33

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.4. PC Hardware and Software Requirements Continued Computer Name Requirements A computer that will be used as a WebWare Server or a Data Collector must have a valid computer name. If the computer name is changed, the software will fail to function properly. Operating System Service Packs See the Readme file on the WebWare Server installation CD for details about service packs for Windows operating systems. We recommend that you follow best practices in regards to keeping your WebWare Server host computer operating system up-to-date. As of this writing, Service Packs can be downloaded from: Windows Server 2003 http://www.microsoft.com/windowsserver2003/default.mspx Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server http://www.microsoft.com/windows2000/default.asp Windows XP Professional http://www.microsoft.com/windowsxp/pro/default.mspx Windows 2000 Professional http://www.microsoft.com/windows2000/professional/default.asp

34

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.5.1. Overview

2.5 Recommended Software for Performance Enhancement 2.5.1. Overview

Introduction This section explains why you should install the recommended software components on your WebWare system and how these components will maximize your system performance.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

35

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.5.2. MSMQ

2.5.2. MSMQ
Overview At the server, Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ) provides data preservation if the database connection is lost. Likewise at the Data Collector, MSMQ preserves data if the connection to the server is lost. If you do not install MSMQ, the WWService.exe and InterLink demand larger amounts of memory. MSMQ writes the message queue in transit between senders and receivers to disk, rather than to the RAM, thereby protecting it and providing a place for receivers to look for messages when the receivers are ready to receive them. Applications use MSMQ to send messages and continue processing regardless of whether the receiving application is running or reachable over the network. The receiving application may be unreachable because of a network problem, or because of natural disconnection, as in the case of mobile users that only connect to the network periodically. When applications use the transactional delivery mode in MSMQ, MSMQ also makes sure that messages are delivered exactly one time, and that messages are delivered in the order that they were sent. Configuring MSMQ on the WebWare Server To properly configure MSMQ, you need to start WWService with a dependency on MSMQ using the -serviceMSMQ switch. 1. Unregister WWService as a service, as follows:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\WWService.exe -unregServer

2. Since unregistration removes the DCOM settings, configure the security settings by following the procedure in ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility on page 287. 3. Re-register WWService as a service, as follows:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\WWService.exe -serviceMSMQ
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

This setting creates a dependency allowing MSMQ to start before WWService. The dependency can be verified by opening the Services dialog (Control Panel, Administrative Tools), right-clicking the ABB WebWare Server and selecting Properties, and then clicking the Dependencies tab.

36

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.5.3. Microsoft SQL Server

2.5.3. Microsoft SQL Server

Microsoft SQL Server During installation, WebWare Server checks the system to determine if Microsoft SQL Server is installed on the target server computer. If Microsoft SQL Server is not detected, the WebWare Server install program installs the Microsoft Data Engine (MSDE) to allow communication between WebWare Server and the storage database that contains the network data. Microsoft SQL Server provides the following advantages to your WebWare Server network: Microsoft SQL Server can handle a larger number of transactions than MSDE. This is important in medium and large systems where the database access rate is higher. Microsoft SQL Server can handle a larger database than MSDE. MSDE has a 2gigabyte database size limit. Microsoft SQL Server has no database size limitations. This is important for larger systems with more robots transmitting data at one time.

To properly configure Microsoft SQL Server, you will need the following information: Database User Name and Password with read/write access in Microsoft SQL Server The name of the Microsoft SQL Server

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

37

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.1. Overview

2.6 Installing WebWare Server 2.6.1. Overview

Standard Installations The complete installation will install WebWare Server as a virtual directory. This is the recommended installation for most users. For more information and a step-by-step guide that will guide you through the installation process, see Complete Installation of WebWare Server on page 41. Custom Installations NOTE: We do not recommend that you customize your WebWare Server installation unless you have expertise in Internet Information Services (IIS), and general expertise in installing and configuring web sites. If you plan to customize your web site configuration, make sure you have the information you need to complete the installation by reading the applicable information in chapter Custom Web Site Configuration Procedures on page 264. You can customize your installation by changing the following default settings: The name of the web site The type of site - virtual directory or default web site (Microsoft Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2000 Advanced Server, Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition only) The location of the default web site folder The web site access permissions

38

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.2. Upgrading WebWare Server

2.6.2. Upgrading WebWare Server

Overview WebWare Server upgrades require that you uninstall the old version of the software from the server computer before installing the new version. If you have created a number of reports, the uninstall process removes those files along with the rest of the old WebWare Server version. There is a fairly painless way to preserve your reports so that you won't have to recreate them after upgrading WebWare Server. Before uninstalling the older WebWare Server version, copy your existing report configuration files to a safe location. You can then complete the required installation tasks and restore the report configuration to the correct location, so that they will be available after the newer version is installed. Backup Report Configuration Files Procedure Follow the steps below to backup your report configuration files before uninstalling WebWare Server. 1. Copy the report configuration folder to a safe location away from the WebWare server installation. The folder is normally located at e.g. C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\Data\Contents\Reports. 2. Uninstall the old WebWare Server installation according to the procedure in Uninstall Procedure on page 39. 3. After completing the installation of WebWare Server, copy the report configuration folder to e.g. C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\Data\Contents\Reports. NOTE: Overwrite the existing reports folder.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. Open your browser to http://localhost/webware/update.aspx. 5. Click Update. 6. When you run WebWare Server, your reports will appear in the Report Viewer page, the same as in the old web site. Uninstall Procedure To install a new version of WebWare Server, you must first uninstall the older version. Follow the steps below to unistall the old version of WebWare Server. 1. Click Start and select Control Panel. Click Add/Remove Programs. 2. Select WebWare Server from the program list. Click Remove. 3. A WebWare Server installation dialog appears. Click Next. 4. The Remove the Program dialog appears. If you wish to retain your existing WebWare Server database and the data stored locally on the host hard drive. Click Remove. If you wish to delete the existing WebWare Server database and the data stored locally, select Remove WebWare Application Data checkbox.

5. Click Remove.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 39

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.2. Upgrading WebWare Server Continued 6. The uninstall process starts. A dialog box appears, asking you to confirm whether you want to delete all of the application data. Click Yes to complete the uninstall and delete the application data. Click No to complete the uninstall without deleting application data.

7. Click Finish to close the Setup Program Completed dialog. 8. Go on to install the new version of the WebWare Server software. For details, see Complete Installation of WebWare Server on page 41.

40

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.3. Complete Installation of WebWare Server

2.6.3. Complete Installation of WebWare Server

Procedure Follow the steps below to install the software. 1. Insert the ABB WebWare Server installation CD in your CD-drive. If the Setup program does not start automatically, go on to Step 2. Usually, the Welcome dialog (see Step 3) will appear. 2. Start the Setup program. There are three methods available, select one of the below: Click Start on the task bar and select Run. In the dialog box that appears asking for the name of the file to run, type D:\SETUP, or Open a Windows Command Prompt and type D:\SETUP, or Use Windows Explorer to navigate to the setup.exe file on the installation CD. Double-click setup.exe to start the installation.

NOTE: The instructions above assume the drive letter for the CD-drive you are loading from is your D: drive. If you are using a different drive, substitute your drive letter in place of D: in the instructions. For example, if your CD-drive is E:, enter E:\SETUP. 3. The Welcome dialog will appear. Click Next to continue. 4. The License Agreement dialog will appear. Select I accept. Click Next. 5. The Customer Information dialog will appear. Enter the name of your company in the Organization field. Click Next. 6. The ABB WebWare Server modules dialog appears. Select the WebWare modules to install. Available modules are:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WebWare Backup Module WebWare Report Module

After you have made your selection, click Next. 7. The Setup Type dialog appears. Click: Complete - to install all features. This is the recommended installation. Custom - to choose which features are installed and their installation locations. The Custom Setup dialog will appear. For more information, see Custom Installation of WebWare Server on page 43.

After you have made your selection, click Next. 8. The Ready to Install dialog will appear. Select: Use this PC - to set up the PC as a Data Collector. Use this setting only for small (15 devices) or medium (6 - 30 devices) systems. For more information, see Data Collector on page 17. Install Support for S4 Controllers - to set up WebWare Server to support ABB S4 robot controllers. Install Support for IRC5 Controllers - to set up WebWare Server to support ABB IRC5 robot controllers. Create Desktop Shortcuts - to install desktop shortcuts to the Device Configuration Utility and InterLink Monitor on the WebWare Server desktop. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 41

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.3. Complete Installation of WebWare Server Continued After you have made your selection, click Install to start the installation. 9. The Installing Microsoft .NET Framework dialog will appear, followed by the Installing Microsoft SQL Desktop Engine (MSDE) dialog. IMPORTANT: If you are prompted to reboot the computer after the Microsoft SQL Desktop Engine (MSDE) installation completes, click No to continue. 10. The Adobe Reader Setup dialog will appear. Click Next and follow the instructions in the dialogs. Click Finish to continue the installation. 11. The Installing ABB WebWare Server dialog will appear. If you have installed Windows XP SP2/SP3 or Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2, you will be asked if the installation should configure the necessary security settings. Click Yes to continue. For more information, see Windows Service Pack Issues on page 286. Note that the Windows Firewall service must be started when the security setting utility is run or else the firewall settings will not be configured. When the installation is complete, the Finish dialog will appear. Click Finish. 12. Continue with License Key Installation on page 44.

42

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.4. Custom Installation of WebWare Server

2.6.4. Custom Installation of WebWare Server

Overview The Custom Setup screen allows you to choose what components will be installed and where they will be located. We do not recommend that you customize your WebWare Server installation unless you have expertise in Internet Information Services (IIS), and general expertise in installing and configuring web sites.

xx0500001588

The Custom Setup dialog contains the following screen components:

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Component
Select Window Space Button <Back Button Next> Button Cancel Button Change Button

Function
Contains an expandable tree view of all components that can be installed. Displays the Disk Space Requirements dialog, showing the available and required disk space for selected components. Display the previous dialog. Display the next dialog. If no custom selections were made, the installation continues, using the default settings To exit the installation program. Display the Change Current Destination dialog. This dialog allows you to create new folders or browse to alternate component installation locations.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

43

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.5. License Key Installation

2.6.5. License Key Installation

Overview To make use of all the features that WebWare Server has to offer, you need to request and install a license key for the software modules you are going to use and for the number of devices you are going to connect to WebWare Server. For more information, see the ABB RoboticsIT License Management on-line help. Unique License Key The license key is unique for each computer. Therfore, the License Key Request Wizard must be filled out from the computer the license key will be installed on. Procedure Follow the steps below to request and install an ABB software license for your product. 1. Install one or more ABB RoboticsIT software products. 2. Request and install a standalone license key. There are two methods available: Automatically over the Internet, as described in How to request and install a license key over the Internet on page 45. Manually using e-mail, as described in How to request a license key using e-mail on page 47 and How to install a license key received by e-mail on page 49.

3. Browse to the WebWare Server Home page, e.g. http://localhost/webware. Verify that installed modules and installed licenses are correct. You might have to scroll down the page.

Continue with Completing the Installation on page 51.

44

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500002083

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.6. How to request and install a license key over the Internet

2.6.6. How to request and install a license key over the Internet
Overview The License Key Request Wizard generates a request for a license key that will allow you to access and run the product. Run the wizard to request and automatically install the license key over the Internet. This will allow you to access the product that you purchased and run it on your computer. Before you begin Procedure Follow the steps below to run the License Key Request Wizard: 1. Launch the License Key Request Wizard using one of the following methods: Run the wizard when prompted to do so during a product installation. In the Start menu, click Start, point to Programs, ABB Industrial IT, Robotics IT, Licensing, and then click License Key Request Wizard. Make sure that you have the License ID number that appears on the ABB License Certificate. You need this number to complete the license key request. Make sure you are working from the client workstation where the software product is installed. Make sure you are connected to the Internet.

2. The Welcome page appears. Click Next. 3. The Select Product page appears. When the wizard is launched from a product installation, it automatically selects the product you are installing. If the wizard is launched from the Windows Start menu, select the product for which you require a license. Click Next. 4. The Product License Information page appears. Enter the License ID number from the ABB License Certificate in the License ID box, and click Next. Note: A standalone License ID always starts with an R, whereas a network License ID, starts with an F. 5. The User Information page appears. Enter the appropriate information in each box. All boxes marked with an asterisk (*) are mandatory. Note: The license key will be sent to the e-mail address specified in this dialog box, not to where the e-mail is sent from. Select the country name from the list box and click Next. 6. The Standalone license page appears. Select an Ethernet adapter to which the license will be locked, and click Next. 7. The Obtaining your license key from ABB page appears. Select Internet and click Next.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 45

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.6. How to request and install a license key over the Internet Continued 8. The Requesting and Installing a Licence Key over the Internet page appears. Click Start to send the license key request to ABB over the Internet. The dialog will display the progress of the license key request procedure. 9. The License Key Request Completion page appears when the licence key has been installed successfully. Click Finish to close the wizard.

46

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.7. How to request a license key using e-mail

2.6.7. How to request a license key using e-mail

Overview The License Key Request Wizard generates a request for a license key that will allow you to access and run RobotStudio. Run the wizard and then send an e-mail with the license key request to [email protected]. You will receive a licence key file that will allow you to access specific features or applications that you purchased and run them on you computer. If you are connected to the Internet, you can send the license key request over the Internet. The license key will be automatically installed. For details, see How to request and install a license key over the Internet on page 45. Before you begin Make sure that you have the license ID number that appears on the ABB License Certificate. You need this number to complete the license key request. Make sure you are working from the client workstation where the software product is installed.

Procedure Follow the steps below to run the License Key Request Wizard. 1. Launch the License Key Request Wizard using one of the following methods: Run the wizard when prompted to do so during a product installation. In the Start menu, click Start, point to Programs, ABB Industrial IT, Robotics IT, Licensing, and then click License Key Request Wizard.

2. The Welcome page appears. Click Next.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3. The Select Product page appears. When the wizard is launched from a product installation, it automatically selects the product you are installing. If the wizard is launched from the Windows Start menu, select the product for which you require a license. Click Next. 4. The Product License Information page appears. Enter the license ID number from the ABB License Certificate in the License ID box, and click Next. Note: A standalone license ID always starts with an R, whereas a network license ID starts with an F. 5. The User Information page appears. Enter the appropriate information in each box. All boxes marked with an asterisk (*) are mandatory Note: The license key will be sent to the e-mail address specified in this dialog box, not to where the mail is sent from. Select the country name from the list box and click Next. 6. The Obtaining your license key from ABB page appears. Select E-mail and click Next. 7. The Save your License Key Request page appears. Click Save to save the license key request form to your desktop, or browse first to a different location. Click Next.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 47

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.7. How to request a license key using e-mail Continued 8. The License Key Request Completion page appears. Click Finish to close the wizard. 9. Attach the license key request form to e-mail and send it to [email protected]. The address can also be found in the wizard. ABB will then process the license key request, and return a license key file to the e-mail address listed in the license key request form. The license key file may contain one or more license keys. Continue with How to install a license key received by e-mail on page 49.

48

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.8. How to install a license key received by e-mail

2.6.8. How to install a license key received by e-mail

Overview The License Key Installation Wizard installs on a computer license keys that allow you to access and run the product. Run the wizard using the license key file received by e-mail from ABB. Before you begin ABB will send you a license key file after your request has been processed. Make sure this file is available. Make sure you run the License Key Installation Wizard on the same computer that you used when making the license key request, that is, the computer that hosts the software product.

Procedure 1. Launch the License Key Installation Wizard using any of the following methods: Double-click a license key file (.xlkf extension). In the Start menu, click Start, point to Programs, ABB Industrial IT, Robotics IT, Licensing, and then click License Key Installation Wizard. Select the root node in the Software Product Administrator (SPA) and run the Install License Key command.

2. The Welcome page appears. If you double-clicked the license key file, the box will automatically display the path and file name of the file. If not, use this page to specify the location of the license key file from which to install the license keys. Click:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Browse to open a dialog box to navigate to the location of the license key file. Next to verify that the selected file exists and is a valid license key file. If no such file exists or if the ABB License System determines that the file is not a valid license key file, an error message dialog box appears.

3. The License Information page appears. This step contains two different procedures, depending on the type of license you are installing. If you are installing a network license, select the Install the network license keys on the License Server computer check box to enable the Install button. If you are installing a standalone license, and if all relevant hardware parameters match, the Install button is already enabled. If the hardware fingerprint contained in the license key file does not match the fingerprint of the local computer: The Install button is disabled when a conflict is discovered in the license key file. The View Details button appears. The Permit these Standalone check box appears. A warning message appears.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 49

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.8. How to install a license key received by e-mail Continued Click: View Details to open a dialog box that will present the details of the conflicts between the computer hardware configuration and the system information specified in the license key file. Permit these Standalone check box to reenable the Install button.

4. Click Install to install the license key on the system. 5. Click Finish to exit the wizard.

50

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.9. Completing the Installation

2.6.9. Completing the Installation

Rebooting the System Depending on the client machines operating system version and revision level, installation program may require that the system be rebooted. If prompted, reboot the system, then browse to the WebWare home page at http://localhost/webware. If no reboot prompt occurs, click the browser refresh button. The WebWare default page will appear similar to that shown below.

xx0500001590

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

NOTE: If WWService.exe is running it has to be restarted for the new license to take effect.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

51

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.10. Checking Your Installation

2.6.10. Checking Your Installation

Introduction If you have chosen the "complete" installation, your web site is configured and ready to go. Open Internet Explorer and type the following address: http://localhost/webware. You should see the web site in your browser window. If you have chosen to customize your site configuration, continue with Custom Web Site Configuration Procedures on page 264. WebWare Web Site Status At this point, some of the functionality of your WebWare Server web site is already available. If you look at the home page, though, you will not see any information in the device tree on the left side of the screen. Chapter Configuring System Components on page 66 provides all of the procedures for connecting devices to your WebWare Server system and getting your network up and running. For now, you could, for example, open the documentation page and open a document to make sure that the documents (if you installed them) are available.

52

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.11. Medium and Large System Installations

2.6.11. Medium and Large System Installations

Additional Tasks for Medium and Large Systems The following sections contain the additional tasks necessary to configure a larger WebWare Server network for peak performance. Follow these procedures in order as they appear in the following sections to complete the installation. If you are installing a small WebWare Server system (the Data Collector is actually the host machine), skip the following sections and go on to Configuring System Components on page 66.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

53

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.12. Configure WebWare Server Authentication - Medium & Large Systems

2.6.12. Configure WebWare Server Authentication - Medium & Large Systems

Important NOTE: Skip this section if you are installing a small WebWare network. The instructions in this section apply to any medium or large WebWare Server installations that use Data Collector computers that are separate from the WebWare Server host computer. Failure to properly configure the software components described below may result in poor system backup performance. Overview The steps below describe the process of configuring the ABB WebWare service as a recognized domain user on the WebWare Server system. NOTE: When selecting a specific user to run this service, the selected user must be a member of the Administrator's group on the PC hosting ABB WebWare. This allows the Data Collector computer to authenticate DCOM connections between the Data Collector and WebWare Server. If you have any questions, contact your network administrator for help. Less experienced users can find useful details in Running InterLink as a Service, in the Device Configuration Utility help file. The detailed procedures described there will apply to the ABB WebWare service as well as to the ABB InterLink Module service. Configuration Procedure - Windows 2000 Server Systems The steps in the table below apply to Windows 2000 Server systems. 1. Right click on My Computer and select Manage to open the Computer Management console.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2. Expand the Services and Applications tree, and click Services. The list of installed services will appear in the right hand panel. 3. At the Computer Management Console, right click on ABB WebWare and select Properties. 4. The Properties dialog box will appear. Select This Account. 5. Click Browse. The Select User dialog will appear. 6. Select the correct computer name from the Look In list box. This is the computer name that identifies the computer on the network. If you are not sure which name to use, open the System Properties function inside the Windows Control Panel and click on the Computer Name tab. 7. Select the logon user account from the list that appears and then click OK. Important: The user that you select must be a domain-authenticated user! If you are not sure, contact your network administrator for help! 8. The Log On tab appears. Enter and confirm the user log on password. 9. Click OK. The Computer Management console will reappear, and the Log On As column for WWService will now show the user name that you selected in step 7. 10. Reboot the computer before continuing with web site configuration tasks.

Continues on next page

54 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.12. Configure WebWare Server Authentication - Medium & Large Systems Continued Configuration Procedure - Windows Server 2003 Systems The steps in the table below apply to Windows Server 2003 systems. 1. Right click on My Computer and select Manage to open the Computer Management console. 2. Expand the Services and Applications tree, and click Services. The list of installed services will appear in the right hand pane. 3. At the Computer Management Console, right click on ABB WebWare and select Properties. 4. The Properties dialog box will appear. Make sure the Startup Type is set to Automatic. 5. Click the Log On tab. Select This Account. 6. Click Browse. The Select User dialog will appear. 7. Click Locations. The Locations dialog appears. Navigate the tree in the dialog until you see the network location that you want to scan for users. 8. Highlight the correct location and then click OK. 9. The Select User dialog reappears. Click Advanced. 10. The dialog changes. Click Find Now. A list of users for the location you selected earlier appears in the select box at the bottom of the dialog. 11. Select the correct user from the list and click OK.Important: The user that you select must be a domain-authenticated user! If you are not sure, contact your network administrator for help! 12. Enter and confirm the password. 13. Click OK. The program (WebWare Server and/or InterLink Module) is now authenticated by the domain to run.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

55

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.13. Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems

2.6.13. Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems

Introduction NOTE: Skip this section if you are installing a small WebWare network. A Data Collector is any computer, including the WebWare Server host machine, that has the ABB InterLink module installed on it. In an earlier chapter, we installed the WebWare Server host and client software components. If your installation is a small network, you probably selected the Use this PC as a Data Collector check box. If your system is a medium or large installation, you will have a number of Data Collector computers installed on the plant floor and connected to the network. Procedure There are seven steps to setting up a Data Collector: 1. Install the InterLink module on the Data Collector computer. There are two ways to install the InterLink Module on the Data Collector computer: If WebWare Server is installed and the Data Collector computer is on the network, navigate to the Data Collector Setup page on the WebWare Server web site. Click on Admin and then Data Collector Setup. Follow the directions there to download the InterLink software and complete the setup procedure. If you do not have network access to the Data Collector computer, use the WebWare CD. Navigate to the InterLink folder and run setup.exe.

2. Configure InterLink to run as a service. For more information, see Configure InterLink to Run as a Service on page 57. 3. Configure InterLink as a Recognized Domain User. For more information, see Configure InterLink as a Recognized User on page 57.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. Enable the WebWare Server interface. For more information, see Configure the Data Collector - WebWare Server Interface on page 58. 5. Verify the Data Collector-WebWare Server connection. For more information, see Overview on page 81. 6. Verify WebWare Server device connections. Refer to Verify Devices with the InterLink Monitor on page 82 for complete details. 7. For large systems, you may also need to install Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ) to preserve data in case a part of the network goes down. Refer to Microsoft documentation for that installation.

Continues on next page

56 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.13. Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems Continued Configure InterLink to Run as a Service We recommend that you run InterLink as a service on any remote Data Collector computer. This will ensure that InterLink will automatically start and run whenever the Data Collector computer is started. Follow the steps below to configure InterLink to run as a service in your remote Data Collector computer. Less experienced users can find useful details in Running InterLink as a Service, in the Device Configuration Utility help file. The detailed procedures described there will provide more detailed steps and screen captures to explain each step. 1. Register InterLink.exe as a service. In the Run dialog, enter the following:
regsvr32 "C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink\InterLink.exe"

2. Click OK. Configure InterLink as a Recognized User Follow the steps below to configure InterLink to run as a recognized user on the WebWare Network. 1. Right click on My Computer and select Manage to open the Computer Management console. 2. Expand the Services and Applications tree, and click Services. The list of installed services will appear in the right hand pane. 3. At the Computer Management Console, right click on ABB InterLink and select Properties. The Properties dialog box will appear. 4. On the General tab, select Automatic from the Startup type list box and click Apply. 5. Open the Log On tab. Select the This Account radio button. 6. Click Browse. The Select User dialog will appear.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

7. Select the correct computer name from the Look In list box. 8. Select the logon user account from the list that appears and then click OK. 9. The Log On tab reappears. Enter and confirm the password. Click OK. The Computer Management console will reappear, and the Log On As column for ABB InterLink will now show the user name that you selected in the previous step. 10. Reboot the computer before continuing with the remaining Data Collector configuration tasks.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 57

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.13. Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems Continued Configure the Data Collector - WebWare Server Interface Follow the steps below to configure the InterLink Module as a WebWare Data Collector. 1. Start the Device Configuration Utility, and select Configure WebWare Server Interface from the Tools menu. TheWebWare Server Interface Configuration dialog will appear.

xx0500001592

2. Select the Enable WebWare Interface box. The Edit Host File button should now be enabled. Click Edit Host File. The Edit Host File dialog will appear.

xx0500001593

3. Click Add. The Add New Host Entry dialog will appear.

xx0500001594

Continues on next page

58 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.13. Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems Continued 4. Enter the name of the WebWare Server host computer along with its IP address and click OK. 5. Click OK a second time to return to the WebWare Interface Configuration dialog. Select the WebWare Server host computer from the drop down list.

xx0500001595

6. Click OK to start the interface. 7. Reboot the computer to have the changes take effect.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

59

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.14. Creating Additional WebWare Data Collectors - Medium & Large Systems

2.6.14. Creating Additional WebWare Data Collectors - Medium & Large Systems
Introduction NOTE: Skip this section if you are installing a small WebWare network. Procedure You can create new Data Collectors from the WebWare Server web site using the Data Collector Setup page under the Admin menu. 1. Navigate to the WebWare Server web site. 2. Click on Admin. 3. Click on the Data Collector Setup submenu. 4. Follow the instructions on the page to download the InterLink Module to the Data Collector computer and automatically configure it to communicate with the server machine.

60

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.6.15. WebWare Server Database Setup for Microsoft SQL Server

2.6.15. WebWare Server Database Setup for Microsoft SQL Server

Before You Begin Contact your Microsoft SQL Server Database Administrator, and ask that person for the following information: Follow the procedures in Creating a New WebWare Server Database on page 144 to set up your WebWare Server database to run with Microsoft SQL Server. Collect the following information before you configure the database at the web site. SQL Server Name - name of the computer that runs SQL server. SQL Instance name. Database User Account name. The assigned account name should have system administrator privileges. Password for that account. Authentication type (it will be either Windows authentication or SQL proprietary authentication). Create ODBC DSN names for the DeviceLog database and all custom databases and tables.

NOTE! If you are the SQL Database administrator, set up a new user account using the SQL Enterprise manager with the settings listed above. NOTE! If Windows authentication is used the ASPNET user must be added as a database owner.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

61

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.7.1. User Security Settings

2.7 Installing ABB WebWare Client 2.7.1. User Security Settings

Prerequisites You must have Power User system permissions or higher to download the ABB WebWare Client. Inspecting Security Settings Before attempting to download ABB WebWare Client, inspect Internet Explorers security settings to ensure that all components can be downloaded. Follow the steps below to check your systems security settings. 1. Open Internet Explorer. 2. Click the Tools menu and select Internet Options 3. Click the Security tab. The Internet Options Security dialog appears.

xx0500001597

Continues on next page

62 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.7.1. User Security Settings Continued 4. Select the correct icon (Internet or Local Intranet) for the type of download you will be performing, then click Custom Level to inspect the download settings. The Security Settings dialog will be displayed:

xx0500001598

5. Ensure that the following settings are set to Enabled or Prompt before attempting to download ABB WebWare Client (scroll down through the list, if necessary, to locate all of the settings):
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Download signed ActiveX controls (must remain enabled for proper functionality) Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins (must remain enabled for proper functionality) Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting File Downloads (must remain enabled for proper functionality)

Apply the security changes (if necessary) and close the Internet Options property page. NOTE: All downloadable ABB ActiveX controls, DLLs, and scripts that are included in the WebWare family are digitally signed for security.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

63

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.7.2. Download the Installation Files

2.7.2. Download the Installation Files

Procedure Follow the steps below to download the ABB WebWare Client software from the server site. 1. From the client computer, navigate to the WebWare Server default page location e.g. http:/ /localhost/webware 2. Depending on which operating system you are running or if browser security settings are set to Prompt, a Security Warning dialog will be displayed since WebWare products are digitally signed to prove their authenticity. Windows 2000 or Windows XP: Click Yes to start the installation.

Windows XP SP2/SP3 and Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2: Click More Options and select Always run software. Click Run to start the installation.

NOTE: For ABB WebWare Client to function correctly with ABB WebWare Server, Always run software must be selected. 3. The WWVerChk3 DLL will download and run. This file will inspect the version of ABB WebWare Client that is installed on the system, and then compare it with the version available for download on the WebWare web server. 4. If there is a newer web client version available, a page will prompt you to upgrade the ABB WebWare Client to the newer version. The first time WWVerChk3 runs, it will find no ABB WebWare Client, and the browser will be redirected to the WebWare Client Installation page.

xx0500001601

5. Click the WebWare Client graphic to download the installation file. The File Download dialog will appear. 6. Do one of the following: Click Open to install the WebWare Client from the server. Click Save to save the install files to the client computer for installation later.

64

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.7.3. Overview

2.7.3. Overview
What is ABB WebWare Client? The ABB WebWare Client is a collection of ActiveX controls that allow you to access the WebWare Server web site and access all of the features of the site. You install ABB WebWare Client on any client computer that will be allowed to browse to the WebWare Server web site.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

65

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.1. Overview

2.8 Configuring System Components 2.8.1. Overview

Tasks This chapter details the tasks necessary to add devices to your WebWare Server network and connect them properly. 1. Configure Data Collectors: Enable the WebWare Interface Set Up Host File

2. Connect the Devices on your WebWare Server network: Find Robot IP addresses Create Robot Profiles Create Robot Aliases Create A Plant Model

3. Check System - make sure all devices are connected and communicating properly over the network.

66

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.2. Enabling the WebWare Interface - Small Systems

2.8.2. Enabling the WebWare Interface - Small Systems

Introduction NOTE: These instructions apply ONLY to small WebWare Server installations! For medium or large systems, see Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems on page 56. Before you will be able to see devices connected to the WebWare Server network, you must enable the WebWare Server Interface using the Device Configuration Utility. Procedure Follow the steps below to activate the WebWare Server Interface. 1. Start the Device Configuration Utility, and select Configure WebWare Server Interface from the Tools menu. The WebWare Service Interface Configuration dialog will appear. 2. Select Enable WebWare Interface. 3. Click the down arrow to open the WebWare Server IP Address drop down list. 4. Select the localhost entry from the list and then click OK.

xx0500001611

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

67

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.3. Determining the IP Address of Robots on Your Network

2.8.3. Determining the IP Address of Robots on Your Network

IRC5 Controllers Follow the steps below to locate the IP address on ABB IRC5 controllers 1. At the Flex Pendant, click on or press the ABB logo. 2. Select System Info > Controller Properties > Network Connections > LAN:. The IP address is displayed in the right pane. S4C+ and S4C Controllers Follow the steps below to locate the IP address on ABB S4C+ and S4C controllers. 1. At the Teach Pendant, press the Other Windows button. 2. Select Service and press the Enter button. 3. Press the View menu button. 4. From the View menu, select System Info. 5. The System Info list appears. Press the down arrow to scroll down until the IP address appears, in the Network Settings item.

68

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.4. ABB Robot Configuration Procedures

2.8.4. ABB Robot Configuration Procedures

Introduction The following procedures will help you to configure the ABB robots on your network so that you can connect them to the WebWare Server system. IRC5 Robot Configuration For information about IRC5 robot configuration, please see your robot controller documentation. S4 Robot Configuration NOTE: To configure the robot for network communications, it must have either the RAP or FactoryWare Interface software options installed. Please refer to the robot controller documentation for more information. Follow the steps below to configure your robot to connect to the plant network 1. At the TeachPendant, select the System Parameters menu item from the Other Windows window.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001612

2. Select and open the Communication menu. Notice the entry called LAN1. If this entry is listed and uses the LAN port, no additional configuration is required; proceed to step 3. If it is not listed, use the Add button to add an entry called LAN1 that uses the LAN connector. 3. From the Types menu, select Transmission Protocols.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 69

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.4. ABB Robot Configuration Procedures Continued If there is an entry called TCPIP1 of the type TCP/IP that uses LAN1, no additional configuration is required; proceed to step 4. If TCPIP1 is not listed, use the Add button to add an entry using the above values.

xx0500001613

4. From the Types menu, select Application Protocols. If there is an entry called RAP1, highlight it and click the Enter button to check its configuration. The values for RAP1 should be those shown in the figure below. If RAP1 does not exist, create it using the settings shown below.

xx0500001614

Continues on next page

70 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.4. ABB Robot Configuration Procedures Continued 5. You will be prompted to restart the controller. Before restarting it, return to the Other Windows window and select Service>View>System Info

xx0500001615

6. Navigate to the last entry, Network Settings, and press Enter. The settings for the LAN port should resemble the following: LAN: Fixed IP (dont use DHCP) IP: 10.90.6.200 (this is an example, will be unique to each facility) Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 (typical, but may differ depending on facility. Consult local network administrators.) Gateway: 10.90.6.1 (Example. This value will be the same gateway that is used by PCs on the network. Consult local network administrators.)

7. If these values are not set or need to be changed, an X-Start or C-Start must be performed. See your robot controller documentation for more information.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

71

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.5. Connecting a Robot to a Data Collector

2.8.5. Connecting a Robot to a Data Collector

Procedure Connecting a robot to a Data Collector in the WebWare Server system is a three-step process. 1. Using the DCU, create a robot profile for one or more of the robots that you will connect to the system. Using the Profile Editor in the DCU, set the parameters for interfacing to the WebWare Server system, variable subscriptions and backup settings. 2. Using the DCU, create a robot alias for each robot that you will connect to the system. 3. Using the DCU, assign the robot profile to the robot alias. Robot Profiles A robot profile contains the InterLink configuration parameters that are associated with one or more aliases. One profile can be used with several aliases. This avoids having to specify the InterLink configuration parameters separately for each and every alias that you create. The robot profile contains parameters that control settings such as: whether or not the robot should mirror its ramdisk which robot program variables are subscribed to what types of files or specific files should be backed up whether or not the robot should activate its FTP server to communicate over the WebWare Server network

For a complete discussion of all of the robot parameter settings available through the Device Configuration Utility, see System Reference on page 263.

72

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.6. Creating a Robot Profile

2.8.6. Creating a Robot Profile

Starting the Profile Editor To access the Profile Editor, do any one of the following: Add Profile Procedure Follow the steps below to add a device profile on your system. 1. Click the Edit Profile button. 2. The Select a Profile dialog appears. Click the Add Profile button. 3. The Enter New Profile Name dialog appears. Click Edit Profile on the Add New Alias dialog. Click the Edit Profile button on the toolbar. Select Edit Profile on the Tools menu.

xx0500001616

Type in the profile name and click on the appropriate profile type radio button. Click OK. 4. The Profile Editor dialog appears. Click OK to save the new profile to \Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\ABB Automation\RobComCfg.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

73

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.7. Robot Aliases

2.8.7. Robot Aliases

Introduction The InterLink Module requires a description of each target robot controllers on the WebWare network. This description is called an alias. The Device Configuration Utility is used to configure how the alias should operate. The major part of the alias configuration is contained in a file called a profile. Profiles are created and modified via the Profile Editor that is an integral part of the Device Configuration Utility. See Profile Editor in the Device Configuration Utility help file for detailed information on robot profiles. Linked Aliases In some cases, two applications may communicate to the same robot using different alias names. This practice is not recommended due to the resulting additional communication overhead required to create and maintain two interfaces to the same robot controller. For these situations, InterLink supports a special type of robot alias called a Linked Alias. A Linked Alias appears to the application as a normal InterLink Alias, but a Linked Alias is associated with another InterLink Alias when created. This mechanism allows two different Alias names to share a common communication interface. See Create A Linked Alias in the Device Configuration Utility help file for information on creating a Linked Alias.

74

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.8. How to Add S4 Robot Alias

2.8.8. How to Add S4 Robot Alias

Procedure Follow the steps below to add an S4 robot alias. 1. In the DCU Robot Alias screen, click on the Add New S4 Robot icon. The Add S4 Robot Alias dialog appears. 2. Enter an alias name in the Define the Alias Name field. 3. Enter or select the TCP/IP node where the new alias is located. Enter an IP address in the Define the Address field or click the Address... button to open the Select Host File node dialog. 4. Select a profile from the Select a Profile list box. You can edit the profile definition by clicking Edit Profile. The Profile Editor dialog will appear. Click OK to return to the Add S4 Robot Alias dialog. Note: Each alias must have a profile entry or the new alias will not be saved. 5. Click Create to create the new alias. 6. Click Close when you have created all the aliases you need and return to the DCU Robot Alias screen.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

75

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.9. How to Add IRC5 Robot Alias

2.8.9. How to Add IRC5 Robot Alias

Entering Information Manually Follow the steps below to add a new IRC5 Robot Alias to the DCU Robot Alias page. In this procedure, you enter an Alias name and the Connection Criteria necessary to reliably identify the controller for which you are creating the Alias. NOTE: You must select a valid profile and connection criteria to activate the Create button. 1. At the DCU Robot Alias screen, click the Add New IRC5 Robot button. The Add IRC5 Robot Alias dialog appears. 2. Enter an Alias name in the Define the Alias Name field. 3. Select a profile from the Select a Profile list box. You can edit the profile definition by clicking Edit Profile... The Profile Editor page will appear. Click OK to return to the Add IRC5 Robot Alias dialog. NOTE: Each alias must have a profile entry or the new alias will not be saved. 4. Enter the robot's controller name in the Controller Name field. (This is an optional field.) 5. Enter the robot's controller IP address in the Address field. (This is an optional field.) 6. Enter any other information that you have (System ID, Controller ID, etc.) to further identify the controller for which you are creating the Alias. (These are optional fields.) 7. Click Create. The Alias you created now appears on the DCU Robot Alias screen. Using the Scan Feature Follow the steps below to use the IRC5 Robot Scan feature to detect IRC5 robots connected to the network.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

1. At the DCU Robot Alias screen, click the Add New IRC5 Robot button. The Add IRC5 Robot Alias dialog appears. 2. Click Scan. The Scan Results list box will appear, showing a list of robots detected on the network. NOTE: If the controller resides on a different subnet than the Data Collector, that is a remote controller, it will not appear in the scan. Please contact your local ABB office for support. 3. Select the controller that you wish to create an Alias for from the list. If there are robots on the network that have not had Aliases created, the DCU displays those robots and highlights the first robot on the list. The DCU proposes a default name for the Alias in the Define the Alias Name field, based on the best available default Connection Criteria for the controller type. 4. Select the Connection Criteria that you wish to use to identify the robot. You may select more than one criterion. Be sure to check to see if the "Multiple Match" alert message appears.

Continues on next page

76 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.9. How to Add IRC5 Robot Alias Continued 5. If necessary, change the Alias Name to one that will have meaning for you when you look at the DCU Robot Alias page. 6. Click Create. The Alias you created now appears on the DCU Robot Alias screen. Once you select a set of criteria that uniquely identifies each robot, you can continue to click Create to accept the default name and create each subsequent Alias. Each Alias will be created with the same Connection Criteria that you select. You can always edit the Alias names by right-clicking on the names in device pane on the main screen and selecting Rename Alias.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

77

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.10. Connecting Other Device Types to a Data Collector

2.8.10. Connecting Other Device Types to a Data Collector

Introduction The sections that follow describe other types of devices supported by WebWare Server that can be used to supply data. OPC Devices An OPC Device is a WebWare term used to describe any equipment that presents data or events via OPC (a collection of standard industry protocols, refer to www.opcfoundation.org). Any such device is said to host an OPC server. WebWare Server incorporates built-in OPC clients that can access information exposed by any OPC Data Access (v2.01) & OPC Alarms & Events (v1.0) servers. For more information, see WebWare Report Module on page 127. Connecting an OPC Device Follow the steps below to connect an OPC device to your WebWare Server system 1. Using the DCU, Create an OPC device alias. For complete details, see Adding OPC Devices in the Device Configuration Utility help file. 2. The device will now appear in the WebWare Server tree. Use the device or data page to view the status of the OPC device. File Devices A File Device is a WebWare term used to describe any equipment that exposes its file system via the FTP file transfer protocol such a device is said to host an FTP server. WebWare Server incorporates a built-in FTP client capability that allows it to access the files exposed by any FTP server. With this capability, WebWare Servers built-in backup system can access and backup an FTP servers files and folders. For more information, see WebWare Backup Module on page 205. Connecting a File Device Follow the steps below to add a file device to your WebWare Server system. 1. Find out the IP address of the file device. 2. Using the DCU, create a file device profile. For details, see Adding a Device Profile in the Device Configuration Utility help file. 3. Using the DCU, create a file device alias. For details, see Profile Editor - File Device Interface Property Page in the Device Configuration Utility help file. 4. Look at the WebWare web site - the device will appear on the tree.

78

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.11. Plant Model

2.8.11. Plant Model

Introduction The Plant Model allows you to create a logical representation of the plant in the form of a tree view. You can create entities that appear in the tree representing work cells or even entire assembly lines. The Plant Model will appear on the WebWare web site as the logical view of the plant. The Plant Model that appears on your PC may look different, depending upon where the model originates. If WWService is configured, the Plant Model will originate with the WebWare network server, and will contain all of the Data Collectors in the network. In the device tree pane, the root object will appear as The Plant Model (WWService Version). If WWService is not configured, the Plant Model that appears on your PC will be the one stored in InterLink. In most cases, InterLink will store the model based on your local machine. If your local machine is the server, then the Plant Model that you see will be the same as the WWService version. In the device tree pane, the root object will appear as The Plant Model (Local Link Version). The WebWare Plant Model features a checkout device to prevent more than one user at a time from modifying a Plant Model. You must check out the model, make your modifications and then save the model (check it back in) in order to apply the changes to the system. Create a Plant Model To create a plant model: 1. At the DCU, click the Plant Model button. The Plant Model page appears.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001617

The left hand pane shows the new empty plant model. The right hand pane displays a list of devices. You can toggle the list between all available devices in the system (All Devices) or only devices that you havent used in your model (Unused Devices). 2. You must check-out the Plant Model before you can edit it. Click the Edit button to check out the Plant Model.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 79

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.11. Plant Model Continued 3. The Plant Model tree will turn red, indicating that it is now editable.

xx0500001618

Use the mouse to drag items from the right pane over to the left pane. Release the mouse button to drop the item into the plant model. 4. When you have finished arranging the items in the plant model the way you want them: Click the Save button to save the model. Click the Undo button to check in the model without saving any changes.

Adding Branches to Your Plant Model Click Add Branch to add a branch to the tree. Use branches to create work cells, plant lines, etc. You can then drag devices from the right hand pane to populate your model with devices.

xx0500001619

When you right click the mouse on an item in the tree control, a popup menu appears. The menu will only appear if the Plant Model is checked out.

80

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.12. Checking System Status

2.8.12. Checking System Status

Overview Data Collectors and devices in a network should be checked to ensure that they are communicating properly. This procedure may include two steps: Verify the Data Collector to Server Connection. If this connection is broken, then verify the devices with the InterLink Monitor.

Verify the Data Collecter to Server Connection Browse to the WebWare web site and check the icons in the device tree. If an icon (B) at the Data Collector level (A) is broken, there may be a connectivity problem.

xx0500001620

To determine the type of problem, at the Data Collector, open the Device Configuration Utility and from the Tools menu, click Configure WebWare Server Interface. Look at the connection status in the WebWare Server Current Connection panel.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001621

The server IP address should be visible. The WebWare Server Current Connection box, which should read Running, probably reads Connecting. If there is a failure, the error condition should appear in the box at the bottom.

Notice that since we are working with a small system, our WebWare Server host machine is even acting as Data Collector. In a larger system, these could be different machines.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 81

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.12. Checking System Status Continued Verify Devices with the InterLink Monitor If an icon at the device level is broken, use the InterLink Monitor to view the connection status. At the Data Collector, browse to the WebWare web site and then open the InterLink Monitor.

xx0500001622

(A) Indicates that the robot device named S4VC1 is connected. (B) Indicates that the robot device named S4VC3 is not connected, that is, connecting. (C) The same information is displayed in InterLink Monitor.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

If the state of an S4 device is continuously Connecting, check the value of the Min Poll, and compare it with the error codes in S4 InterLink Monitor min poll on page 329. If the state of an IRC5 device is continuously Connecting, check the value of the Max Poll and compare it with the error codes in IRC5 InterLink Monitor max poll on page 329. If the value of the Min Poll is 65536, check the value of the Max Poll and compare it with the error codes in S4 InterLink Monitor max poll on page 329.

Continues on next page

82 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.12. Checking System Status Continued Troubleshooting Connection Problems To troubleshoot connection problems, check the following: Ping the device IP address Verify network configuration at both the Data Collector and the robot controller Verify that RAP, and the FTP protocol options are is installed and operating at the robot Verify OPC device configurations (for OPC devices) At the InterLink Monitor, check the WebWare Status tab Check router/hub Check the network wiring Check each device to make sure that its network card is alive and communicating with the network

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

83

2 Get Started with WebWare Server

2.8.12. Checking System Status

84

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.1. Overview

3 WebWare Server Module

3.1. Overview
Introduction You use WebWare Server to manage the information flow throughout the WebWare network and to manage the databases that store the data. WebWare Server also manages network file handling and backups, as well as a report generator system. The WebWare Server database contains counter, timer, OPC device, and log message data from devices on the WebWare network. You can create custom databases to meet your individual system needs. WebWare Server can be administered remotely via the WebWare Client. In most cases the server will be managed by a network administrator, the Admin Pages information appears in this chapter. Device Tree Icons Several different types of icons can appear in the WebWare Device Tree: Component Function
Plant Model A logical root to the device tree. The WebWare Plant node is always the top level of the WebWare Device Tree.
xx0500002106

WebWare Data Collector The second level of the WebWare Device Tree is populated with an entry for each of the WebWare Data Collectors configured on the network.
xx0500001623

S4 Robot Controller The Robot Controller WebWare Device appears when a real or virtual controller is configured on the network.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.
xx0500001624

IRC5 Robot Controller - This icon appears when a real or virtual controller is configured on the network.
xx0500001625

OPC Device - The OPC Device icon appears for each OPC server configured on the network.
xx0500001626

OPC Alarm - This OPC Alarm icon appears for each OPC Alarm device configured on the network.
xx0500001627

OPC Data Access Device - This icon will appear for each OPC Data Access device configured on the network.
xx0500001628

File System - This icon will appear for each File System configured on the network.
xx0500001629

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 85

3 WebWare Server Module

3.1. Overview Continued Using the WebWare Device Tree, you can browse all the WebWare Devices on the network or select a particular device for remote viewing. In addition, the tree shows the current connection status for all of the devices. Possible values for connection status include: Component Function
No License - The server was unable to assign a license to the device.
xx0500001630

No Backup Module License - The number of backup licenses has been exceeded or not installed.
xx0500001861

No Report Module License - The number of report licenses has been exceeded or not installed.
xx0500001862

Disconnected - The device interface is not currently available.

xx0500001631

Connected - The device interface is available.

xx0500001632

Simulated - The device interface is available and configured as simulated.

xx0500001633

Halted State - The device interface is halted.

xx0500001634

Unavailable - A "ghost" device, meaning a device that exsists in the plant model, but is not connected.
xx0500001635

Backup in Progress - A backup process is ongoing.

xx0500001863

86

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.1. Overview

3.2 WebWare Administration 3.2.1. Overview

Administration Functions You use the WebWare Admin pages to: customize the look and feel of the web site and set security permissions for various users and roles in the organization, see Settings Page on page 88. manage device sets and delete old devices, see Devices Page on page 93. manage Data Collectors, see Data Collector Setup Page on page 96. configure the WebWare database, see Database Page on page 97. configure backup system operating parameters, see Backup Page on page 107. configure counter resolution and delete old custom databases, see Reports Page on page 116.

Each of the following sections provides for information on how to do all of the tasks listed above. Users and Roles In the WebWare context, think of a user as a person. Think of a role in WebWare Server as a group of users related by the access permissions they are granted. NOTE: Usernames are not case sensitive, for example Thomas is equal to thomas. Admin Page Order The first page of each Settings section primarily affects the existence of the items you can create or configure on your site (menus, titles, users, images, etc.).
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

You set permissions/parameters on subsequent pages that you navigate to. For example, the Settings page allows you to enter or delete a new web site title, images and/or new users and roles. In order to configure which roles/users are able to see a certain page or custom web page, you must drill down to the Menu Settings page. There you can grant the permissions for who will be able to access a particular page or menu.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

87

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.2. Settings Page

3.2.2. Settings Page

User Interface The Settings page is used to create and apply new users, site titles and images, etc.

xx0500001636

To change the web site title, enter a new title in the Site Title field. To install a different site image, enter a new file name and relative path to the file in the Site Image field.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

To toggle the Default Device View, select Physical or Logical. The logical view displays the Plant Model at the web site. The Physical view displays the devices connected to each Data Collector. To manipulate the site menus: Click on the up arrow to move the highlighted menu item up in the list Click on the down arrow to move the highlighted menu item down in the list Click on + to add a new menu to the site. The Menu Settings page will open. Click on the pencil to edit an existing menu. The Menu Settings page will open. Click on the X to remove the highlighted menu entry from the site.

Make the desired changes and then click: Apply - to apply all changes to the site. The web site will refresh and return to the Home page. Cancel - to cancel the changes and remain at the Site Settings page.

Continues on next page

88 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.2. Settings Page Continued How to Add/Edit a Menu Follow the steps below to create a new menu and/or submenu and link it to a specific page in a directory you specify. The procedure also covers editing an existing menu since the procedure is very similar. 1. Open the Settings page by clicking Admin. To add a new menu, click + next to the Menus list box. To edit an existing menu, you first select the menu from the Menus list box and then click the pencil icon. 2. The Menu Settings page will appear. Enter a name for the menu in the Menu Name text box. To add submenu pages, click + next to the Sub Menus list box. The Sub Menu Settings page will appear. 3. In the Device Tree selection box, click: Show - to show the Device Tree when the page is displayed. Hide - to hide the Device Tree when the page is displayed.

4. In the Definition Type selection box, click: First Sub Menu - to add the first of several submenu items that will open separate web pages Page - to specify the relative path to a custom page (set up only a single-level menu item)

5. Set up the security rights for the new menu by selecting the users or roles that will be able to view the new pages. 6. If there are additional pages which should only be viewed by users who will be allowed to view the new menu, click the + link next to the Additional Secured Pages list box.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

7. The Page Definition page will appear. Enter the relative path to the new page source and click OK to make the change. NOTE: If you copy the path from another source (Windows Explorer, etc.), make sure that you change the slashes to forward slashes, or the page will not appear. 8. The Menu Settings page will appear again. Click on Additional Secured Pages + to add additional secured pages or click: OK at the bottom of the page to make the changes, or Apply to apply all changes and refresh the site.

How to Use Roles to Set Site Security You can create user IDs and Roles to apply security settings to the WebWare web site. Follow the steps below to create an Admin User and Role that will have sole access to the Admin pages. Our Administrator will have the user name Admin and a password and will be assigned to an Administrator role. 1. Navigate to the WebWare Admin Settings page. 2. Create a new Admin role. At the Roles field, click the + icon. 3. The Role Definition page appears. Type in the Role name (Administrator). Click Apply. 4. Create a User named Admin and apply the Administrator role to that user. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 89

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.2. Settings Page Continued 5. Click on the + icon at the Users field. The User Definition page will appear. 6. Enter the user name (Admin) in the Username field. 7. Select the Administrator role and click the right arrow to move the role name into the Authorized field. 8. Enter a password in the Password field and confirm the password. 9. Click Apply. How to Make the Admin Menu Visible Only to Users Assigned the Administrator Role Follow the steps below to set up the WebWare site so that the Admin menu can only be viewed by any user logged in and assigned the Administrator role, such as the Admin user created in the previous section.The procedure below will work with any menu, submenu or page. 1. Navigate to the WebWare Admin Settings page. 2. Select the Admin menu from the Menus field and click the pencil icon 3. The Menu Settings page appears. Select the Administrator role in the User Authorizations field and click the right arrow to move the Administrator role into the Authorized field. NOTE: To secure a submenu or individual page, find the item in the submenu list and click the pencil icon to open the Sub Menu Settings page. Set the authorizations in the same manner. 4. Select the All Users role in the Authorized field and click the left arrow to move the All users role into the Unauthorized field. 5. Click Apply. The web site should refresh, and the Admin menu should disappear from the main menu. 6. Click the Login link and enter your Admin user name and password. Click logon. If you have entered everything correctly, the Admin menu will reappear. How to Create Custom Menus and Submenus In the following procedure, we will create a custom menu and assign a submenu to that menu. In our example, our new menu will be named Custom Menu with a submenu named Information. The Information submenu will open a page containing a link to an Acrobat document. 1. Navigate to the Settings page. 2. Click the + icon next to the Menus field.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

90 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.2. Settings Page Continued 3. The Menu Settings page appears. Enter the name of the new menu that you will create. In our case, we entered Custom Menu in the Menu Name field.

xx0500001637

4.

If you want to create a submenu, then click the First Sub Menu radio button. Continue with How to Create Custom Menus and Submenus on page 90. If you want to link a content page directly to the menu without adding a submenu, then click the Page radio button. Continue with How to Link to Content Pages on page 91.

How to Link to Content Pages 1. On the Menu Settings page, click the Page radio button. The Page Source field will appear. 2. Enter the relative path to the content page. We recommend that you place the page in the following folder C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\content of the WebWare web, site as show below. The absolute path
C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\content\custommenu\information.htm

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

corresponds to the relative path content/custommenu/information.htm that you enter in the Page Source field.

xx0500001638

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 91

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.2. Settings Page Continued 3. Select the roles that will be allowed to access the page. Move them to the Authorized field. 4. Click Apply to confirm the changes.When you click on the custom menu or custom submenu, the attached page will appear on the WebWare site. In our example below, we created a submenu named Information and attached a page information.htm that contains a link to an individual Acrobat document file stored in a folder inside C:\Inetpub\wwwrooot\WebWare\content\custommenu.

xx0500001639

When you click on Custom Menu, the Information page appears, as shown above. When you click on the link on the page, a document with the WebWare logo appears in the website content pane. How to Create a Custom Menu and Submenu In the following procedure, we will create a custom menu with a submenu named Information and assign a custom web page to that submenu. 1. After entering the name of the new menu that you will create on the Menu Settings page, click the + icon next to the SubMenus field. 2. The SubMenu Settings page appears. Enter the name of the new submenu that you will create. 3. Enter the path to the content page in the Page Source field. We recommend that you place the page in the folder C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\content 4. Select the roles that will be allowed to access the page and move them to the Authorized field. 5. Click Apply to confirm the changes. When you click on the custom menu Custom SubMenu and its attached page will appear on the WebWare site.

92

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.3. Devices Page

3.2.3. Devices Page

Introduction You use the Devices page to remove Devices from the Device Tree in WebWare and manage Device Sets for backup schedueling. Devices Panel In the Devices drop-down panel you can delete WebWare Device records from the WebWare database that are no longer part of the WebWare network. Devices that are removed from the database will no longer appear in the tree, and no information on the device will be available from any part of the WebWare interface.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001640

How to Delete Devices 1. Click Devices to display the Devices drop-down panel. 2. Highlight the device that you want to remove and click X to delete the device from the site. NOTE: You can only delete devices that are disconnected from the WebWare Server network.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 93

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.3. Devices Page Continued Device Sets Panel Device Sets are named groups of devices to make it easier to administer backups. A device can be added to one or several device sets.

xx0500001641

How to Manage Device Sets 1. Click Device Sets to display the Device Sets drop-down panel. 2. To manage device sets: Click + to add a device set. The Device Set Manager page will open. Click the pencil icon to edit a highlighted device set. The Device Set Manager page will open. Click X to delete a highlighted device set.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

94 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.3. Devices Page Continued How to Add Device Sets Orphan Devices are devices that do not belong to a Device Set. They are listed in the Device Set Manager page.

xx0500001642

Follow the steps below to create a new device set. 1. At the Device Manager page, click Device Sets to display the Device Sets drop-down panel. 2. Click +. The Device Set Manager page will open. 3. In the Device Set box, enter a name for the Device Set.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. In the WebWare Device Tree, select the devices that you will add to the Device Set. Click Add. 5. When you have made your changes, click: Apply - to apply all changes. The web page will refresh. Ok - to apply all changes. The web page will refresh and return to the Device Manager page. Cancel - to cancel the changes and return to the Device Manager page without any changes.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

95

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.4. Data Collector Setup Page

3.2.4. Data Collector Setup Page

Introduction This page describes Data Collector functionality and provides instructions and links to help you set one up in your network. The page also automatically detects and displays the WebWare network server name and IP address for your network to make setting up a Data Collector fast and easy. For more information, see Setting Up a Data Collector - Medium & Large Systems on page 56.

96

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page

3.2.5. Database Page

Introduction Use the Database page to configure the WebWare database location, user name and password as well as managing database archiving and archive history. The Database page contains three panels: Database Configuration - contains details about connection state, version information and server configuration. Archive Configuration - contains details about archive storage, manual archiving and scheduled archiving of the database. Archive History - displays a table with details about available database archives.

Default WebWare User Name and Password The default user name and password established for the database when WebWare Server is first installed is: User name: sa Password: webware User Interface - Database Configuration Panel

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001643

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 97

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued Screen Components - WebWare Server State The table below describes the function of the screen components in the WebWare Server State section of the Database Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Connection State

Function
Indicates the current status of the WebWare database. Possible values are: Running - Database is connected and running. Stopped - Database is stopped. Reboot Required - WebWare Server must be rebooted to re-initialize the database. Archiving - Database is currently being archived. Displays database status and error messages. Number of messages currently in the queue. Indicates MSMQ status. Possible options are: True - MSMQ is installed and running. False - MSMQ is not running. For more information, see Overview on page 36. Click to update the database connection state.

Message Queue Length MSMQ Enabled

Refresh button

Screen Components - WebWare Database Information The table below describes the function of the screen components in the WebWare Database Information section of the Database Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Size in MB

Function
This is the size of the Webware database in megabytes. The database has a default size allotted when WebWare Server is first installed. The database will continue to grow over time. If your system is using the MSDE version of the database this is an important field to monitor. For more information, see Archive Process on page 103. Date the currently installed database was first created. Database version (DeviceLog.mdf version). Software version.

Creation Date Version SQL Server Version

Screen Components - Database Server Configuration The table below describes the function of the screen components in the Database Server Configuration section of the Database Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
SQL Server Name SQL Instance Database Location

Function
This is the machine name of the SQL server. This is the name of the instance that WebWare will use. WWService.exe checks SQL Server to determine whether a database labeled DeviceLog.mdf exists. If the database exists, this field is ignored. If SQL Server does not recognize a database of the correct name, WWService.exe will create a database labeled DeviceLog.mdf at the path specified in this field.

Continues on next page

98 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued Component
Authentication Type

Function
SQL can use two types of user authentication. Click on either: Windows - to use Windows-specific user name/ password when logging in to the database. SQL Server - to use SQL Server-specific user name/ password when logging in to the database. This field lists the user name that WebWare should use when accessing the database. NOTE: You are NOT setting the user name here - the name is set either by the Windows network or by the SQL database administrator. NOTE: For details about the default database user name and password established when WebWare Server is first installed, see Default WebWare User Name and Password on page 97. This field lists the password that WebWare should use when accessing the database. NOTE: You are NOT setting the password here - the password is set either by the Windows network or by the SQL database administrator. NOTE: For details about the default database user name and password established when WebWare Server is first installed, see Default WebWare User Name and Password on page 97. Verify the password entered in the Password field. Click to apply the settings.

User Name

Password

Retype Password Set Configuration button

Troubleshooting
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

If you have forgotten the instance name, you can find it in the SQL Server Enterprise Manager. Some SQL Server Editions do not allow the creation of instances. If you do not have an instance name, leave the SQL Instance box empty. Some domain settings might block the use of PC designations. If so, instead of the PC name, enter the TCP/ID address of the SQL Server. Some SQL Server editions demand that you restart the SQL server PC before broadcasting a new database. If you place the database on another drive than C:\, then WebWare might not find the database files. If you have an attached database, insert a blankspace in the Database Location box. In some SQL networks, the sa account might be disabled. If so, either create a new SQL user for WebWare,or use Windows Authentication.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 99

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued User Interface - Archive Configuration Panel

xx0500001644

Screen Components - Archive Storage The table below describes the function of the components on the Archive Storage part of the Archive Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Available Diskspace Number of archives to retain on harddisk Automatically shrink database check box Set Archive Options button

Function
Displays the available disk space on connected harddisks. Enter the number of recent archives you wish to retain on the harddisk. Default is 10 archives. Select to automatically shrink the transaction log of the database. For details, see Archive Process on page 103. Click to set archive options.

Retain all archives check box Select to retain all archives on the harddisk.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Screen Components - Manual Archive The table below describes the function of the components on the Manual Archive part of the Archive Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Archive Directory Format Reset button Test Format button Number of days to be retained in the database Retain all data check box

Function
Enter the format you wish to use for the folder that contains the archived WebWare database files. Click to reset the format to the last saved format. Click to display an example of what the database archive file folder name will look like. Enter the number of days worth of data to be retained in the database. Default is to retain all data. See Archive Creation on page 104. Select to retain all data in the database.

Continues on next page

100 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued Component
Shrink Database after archive check box

Function
Select to shrink the WebWare database, see Archive Process on page 103. NOTE: Shrinking the database locks the database while executing. Performance will be degenerated while this command is being executed. Click to start the archive process. The database will be copied to a folder created inside the folder containing the Robot Data folder and the DeviceLog.mdf file. The status of the manual archive procedure is displayed in the User Interface - Archive History Panel on page 102.

Archive Now button

Screen Components - Scheduled Archive The table below describes the function of the components on the Scheduled Archive part of the Archive Configuration drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Archive Directory Format Reset button Test Format button Number of days to be retained in the database Retain all data check box Number of archives to be retained Run task: list boxes
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function
Enter the format you wish you use for the folder that contains the archived WebWare database files. Click to reset the format to the last saved format. Click to display an example of what the database archive file folder name will look like. Enter the number of days worth of data to be retained in the database. Default is to retain all data. See Archive Creation on page 104. Select to retain all data in the database. Enter the number of scheduled archives to retain. Default is 5. Use these list boxes to set the archive frequency. Choose from: Frequency - Every, First, Second, Third, Fourth, Last Weekday - Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday Use this list box to select what time of day the scheduled archive should run. Choose from Midnight, 1 AM, 2 AM, etc. or 00, 01, 02, etc.

at list box

Set Archive Schedule button Click to apply the archive schedule to the system. The database will be backed up at the regularly scheduled date and time.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 101

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued User Interface - Archive History Panel

xx0500001879

Screen Components - Archive History The table below describes the function of the components in the Archive History Table part of the Archive History drop-down panel on the Database Administration page. Component
Refresh button Archive History table

Function
Click to refresh the Archive History Table. Displays a list of all archives done containing the following information: Archive Date - date and time the archive was executed. Path - location where the archive was stored. Size - file size of the archive in megabytes. Status - if the archive was successful or failed. Type - if the archive was manual or scheduled. Days retained - number of days to retain in the archive, possible options include All or a numeric value. Comment - Displays text confirming the status of the archive, e.g. Archive completed without errors or Archive completed with errors.

Continues on next page

102 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued Archive Process For sites using only Microsoft SQL Desktop Engine (MSDE) for the WebWare database, a possible problem may occur as the device log database (DeviceLog.mdf) and transaction log reaches the MSDE 2-gigabyte limit. To resolve this problem, the database and transaction log can be truncated and physically shrunk after a manual archive procedure by selecting the Shrink Database after archive check box on the Database Administration, Archive Cofiguration panel. The size of the files are physically reduced when: A DBCC SHRINKDATABASE statement is executed. A DBCC SHRINKFILE statement referencing a log file is executed. An autoshrink operation occurs.

Shrinking a log is dependent on first truncating the log. Log truncation occurs at these points: At the completion of any BACKUP LOG statement. Every time a checkpoint is processed, provided the database is using the simple recovery model.

The archive process purges both default and custom tables from the database. When the Automatically Shrink Database check box is selected, the AUTO_SHRINK option of the WebWare database is turned on. SQL Server will periodically reduce the size of the WebWare database and transaction log. Be aware that this option resets the Recovery Model of the WebWare database to "Simple". Therefore, scheduled backups of the WebWare database transaction log will not be possible. AUTO_SHRINK only reduces the size of the transaction log if the database is set to SIMPLE recovery model or if the log is backed up. If your organization requires continual backups of the transaction log for maximum data protection, this option should not be selected. This option is used primarily by WebWare customers using the Microsoft SQL Server Desktop Engine which has a 2-GB size limit.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The AUTO_SHRINK option causes files to be shrunk when more than 25 % of the file contains unused space. The file is shrunk to a size where 25 % of the file is unused space, or to the size of the file when it was created, whichever is greater. For additional information, please refer to your Microsoft SQL Server documentation or http://support.microsoft.com. Archive Locations Archived database files are located at the following default path:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\Robot Data\Archive

The folder name is configurable. The default archive folder name is:
%m-%d-%Y_%H_%M_%S

(read as Month-Day-Year_Hour_Minute_Second). For details on configuring the folder name, see How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names on page 113. NOTE: The order of the day/date data can vary depending on local system settings.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 103

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.5. Database Page Continued Archive Creation When creating an archive, Webware Server takes a copy of the entire database. Consequently, any data that has been retained might be inadvertantly duplicated the next time the database is archived. Take this into consideration when configuring the Database page.

104

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.6. How to Restore an Archived Database to a New Database

3.2.6. How to Restore an Archived Database to a New Database

OSQL OSQL is the command line interface that allows you to execute certain commands on the WebWare Server Database. OSQL is installed by default along with MSDE, and is therefore available to any WebWare Server administrator. You access OSQL by opening a command prompt window and entering OSQL followed by a machine name and a database user name. In most cases, the user interface provided by Microsoft SQL Server products makes the tasks shown on the following pages much easier. Please note that you must enter the spaces and punctuation exactly as shown in the procedures in this chapter. When entering the path and file names, however, make sure that you enter the information as it applies to your system. For example, where we show:
C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\Archive

You might actually have to enter something like:

C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\Robot Data\Archive

Restore Procedure Follow the procedure below to restore an archived database as the Webware database. 1. Open a Windows command prompt and change directory to the Archive folder. Typically, the path to the Archive folder will look something like:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\Robot Data\Archive

2. Create a new empty database for the archive to be moved to. At the Windows command prompt type:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

osql -S[Machine Name]\[Instance Name] -U[User Name]

Typically, the command you type will look something like this:
osql -SWebServer\WebWareSQL -Usa

Press Enter. 3. Enter the SQL password and press Enter. The default password is webware. Note that the cursor will not change as you type the password. If you entered the password correctly the osql command prompt will appear:
1>

4. Type the following commands. Press Enter at the end of each line.
1> CREATE DATABASE MyArchive 2> go

5. If you typed everything correctly, a series of information messages may appear. If you entered a syntax error, an error message will appear, and you must re-enter all of the commands, correcting any mistakes before continuing. 6. To restore the archive to the new database, type the following commands, with all spaces and punctuation exactly as shown below. Use the real paths and file names from your system. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 105

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.6. How to Restore an Archived Database to a New Database Continued
1> RESTORE DATABASE MyArchive 2> FROM DISK = "C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\Archive\B082306_1325\DeviceLog.dat" 3> WITH 4> MOVE DeviceLog1 TO C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\MyArchive.mdf, 5> MOVE DeviceLog_log TO C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\MyArchive_log.log, 6> REPLACE 7> go

7. If you typed everything correctly, a series of information messages may appear. If you entered a syntax error, an error message will appear, and you must re-enter all of the commands, correcting any mistakes before continuing. NOTE: In order to import data from one database to another please refer to Microsoft SQL Server documentation.

106

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page

3.2.7. Backup Page

Overview The Backup page allows you to configure: the number of backups to display on the WebWare Server Backup Restore page backup logging the SourceSafe project location and enable SourceSafe the location of the Local File System

For more information on the WebWare Server Backup system, see WebWare Backup on page 219. NOTE: You can make the changes to the backup parameters only at the WebWare Server host computer. User Interface - Backup Administration Page

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001645

Screen Components - Backup View Aspect Component

Backup Sets to Display

Function
Enter the number of backup sets to display on the Backup Restore page. If you set this parameter to zero (0), no backup sets will be displayed. Changing the number to ten (10) will display the ten most recent backup sets.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 107

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page Continued Component
Display Unsuccessful Backup check box

Function
Clear this check box to prevent displaying incomplete backups on the Backup Restore page. The default is to display both successful and unsuccessful backups. Unsuccessful backups are caused by: System time-outs (waiting for the robot to go to Auto mode, etc.) Attempts to backup program modules, etc. that do not exist on the robot (backups completed with errors) NOTE: If a backup fails and the folder structure is empty, WebWare Server will not create the empty folder structure on the host hard drive. Click to apply the settings.

Set Backup View Aspect button

Screen Components - Backup Timeout Component

Timeout for retry attempts

Function
Enter the number of minutes before the system will retry backups on any devices that are not available due to communications errors. After the retry setting has timed out, any devices not backed up will have the status Timeout assigned to them in the Backup Status Table entry. NOTE: Scheduled backups will only complete if all devices to be backed up are in AUTO mode. Click to apply the setting.

Set Timeout button

Screen Components - Backup Logging Component

Require backup comment check box Backup Username to be logged

Function
Select to require that a backup comment is added to the backup with no more than 1024 characters. The backup comment is displayed on the Backup Summary page. Toggles which user name to display in the backup comment. Available options are: Windows - the windows account (Domain/User name) is displayed. NOTE: You need to configure IIS when selecting this option. For more information, see How to Configure IIS when Storing the Windows User Name in the Backup Log on page 115. WebWare - the WebWare account is displayed. Click to apply the settings.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Set Backup Logging button

Continues on next page

108 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page Continued User Interface - Backup Panel

xx0500001881

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 109

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page Continued Screen Components - SourceSafe Configuration The Backup drop-down panel contains the SourceSafe Configuration section that allows you to configure where files will be stored and how they will be organized in Microsoft Visual SourceSafe. If Microsoft Visual SourceSafe is not already installed on the WebWare Server host computer or another computer on the network, install and configure it according to the directions included in the SourceSafe documentation. For more information on using Visual SourceSafe with WebWare Server, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255. The following table details the function of the screen components that configure Microsoft Visual SourceSafe operation to display backup file sets on the Backup Restore page at the WebWare Server web site. A majority of the components are only displayed once Visual SourceSafe is installed. Component
Current State

Function
Indicates the current state of the Visual SourceSafe storage system. Possible values are: Not Installed - Visual SourceSafe is not installed on the computer. Not Enabled- Visual SourceSafe is installed but has not yet been configured to connect with WebWare Server. Enabled - the Visual SourceSafe database is connected and running correctly. Broken - Visual SourceSafe is not connected or is not running. Check: 1. the error messages that appear at the top of the dropdown panel 2. that the path to SrcSafe.ini is correct 3. that the default SourceSafe project name is correct 4. that the user name and password are correct Select this check box to activate or deactivate the WebWare Server interface to Visual SourceSafe. Enter the complete path to the SourcSafe.ini file. Example: C:\VSS\ScrcSafe.ini Enter a project name to indicate where SourceSafe should store backup data. Example: $/WebWare Enter the SourceSafe user name that WebWare should use to access the Visual SourceSafe database. NOTE: You are not setting the user name here - the user name and password is set by the SourceSafe administrator. Enter the SourceSafe password that WebWare should use to access the Visual SourceSafe database. NOTE: You are not setting the password here - the user name and password is set by the SourceSafe administrator. Re-enter the SourceSafe password that WebWare should use to access the Visual SourceSafe database.

Enable check box Path to SrcSafe.ini Default SourceSafe Project

Default SourceSafe User

Default SourceSafe Password

Retype Password

Continues on next page

110 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page Continued Component
Set SourceSafe Configuration button

Function
Click to appply the parameters and test them to make sure that they are correct. The Current State field might change depending upon the results of the configuration testing.

Screen Components - Local File System Configuration The Local File System is the location where backup files are stored on the WebWare Server hard drive. This page allows you to enter the default path where backup files will be stored. The table below refers to the Backup drop-down panel in the Backup Administration page. Component
Backup Set Storage Limit field

Function
Enter the maximum number of backup sets to store in the local file system. When the storage limit is reached, the oldest backup set will be deleted after the latest backup set is created. NOTE: If you have 10 backup sets on your system and then you change this number from 10 to 5, the next time you run a backup, the five oldest backup sets will be deleted, so that the system maintains only the specified number of sets. If this checkbox is selected, WebWare Server will save unsuccessful backups (partial backups or backups completed with errors) on the host computer hard drive. Clear this checkbox to prevent WebWare Server from saving unsuccessful backups on the host hard drive. Enter the path to the location on the WebWare Server network server where robot backups should be stored when Visual SourceSafe is either not installed or not enabled. The default path is: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\File Manager Data\

Store Unsuccessful Backup check box

Local File System Root field

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Master Backup Folder Name Enter the folder name of the folder that contains the master field backup. This will be displayed at the web site and on the teach pendant during the WebWare RAPID Restore routine. Last Successful Backup Folder Name field Backup Set Folder Name Format field Enter the folder name for the last successful backup. This will be displayed at the web site and on the teach pendant during the WebWare RAPID Restore routine. Enter the codes for the naming convention that you wish to use for the backup folder names. You can configure separate names for both successful backups and backups that contain errors. For complete details, see How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names on page 113.

Set File Configuration button Click this button to save the new backup file folder naming codes. WebWare Server will use those codes to place the following backups at the location specified on this page in folders named using the codes that you entered. Reset button Test Format button Click this button to reset the folder naming codes to the last saved version. The Test Format button displays the results of your configuration codes using the current date and time. Note that both the successful and failed naming strings are shown. If you have not configured separate names for both successful and failed backups, the formatting for both strings will be the same.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 111

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.7. Backup Page Continued Restore Configuration The Restore Configuration panel is used to define the name of the restore directory on the robot controller and to configure the restore password.

xx0500001647

Screen Components - Restore Configuration The table below refers to the Restore drop-down panel in the Backup Administration page. Component
Restore backup folder name field Password required for restoring of backup check box Restore Password field Retype Password field Set Restore Configuration button

Function
Name of the folder on the robot controllers ramdisk where restored files are stored. The default name is "restore". Select this check-box to enable the restore password.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Type a restore password. The password must be a four-digit code. Only numbers 0-9 are allowed. Verify the password entered in the Password field. Click this button to set the restore configuration settings.

112

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.8. How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names

3.2.8. How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names

Introduction You use the special codes shown below to create custom folder names for your backups as they are displayed on the WebWare Server tree and Backup Restore page. In most cases, you use the techniques shown below to create folder names shorter than the default names, or to keep the folder names to the 8.3 style for use with NFS backups. To make it easier to read folder names on the teach pendant, the folder name should not contain more that 12 characters. The procedure below shows an example of how you might create backup folders that are named Good for successful backups or Bad for backups that contain errors. Code Components The list below shows the elements that you can concatenate to form the strings that will result in custom folder names. The Backup Set File Name recognizes the <SSS|FFF> sequence as a modifier to insert the backup result into the file path. SSS is the success string and FFF is the failure string. The success/failure key string can appear anywhere in a format string. It should be used only once. You use the elements shown in the table below to create a custom file folder naming scheme: NOTE: Extraneous / < > : | ? and * are removed. Symbol
\ < > <> |
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function\Result
Indicates a directory/subdirectory Place angle brackets around formatting string Place pair of angle brackets inside the string to enter an empty space. Use the pipe symbol to separate the success string from the failure string. For example, <SSS|FFF> - use SSS as success replacement, FFF as fail replacement. Month Day Year (short format) Year (long format) Minute Hour Second

%m %d %y %Y %M %H %S

Procedure Follow the steps below to create file folders named Good Backup <Date><Time> for successful backups and Contains Errors <Date><Time> for backups that contain errors. 1. Navigate to the Backup Administration page. Click the Backup drop-down panel. 2. Enter the following string in the Backup Set Folder Name Format field:
<Good Backup |Contains Errors >%m%d%y-%H%M

NOTE: There is a space in front of the pipe symbol and also in front of the closing bracket. This places spaces in the folder name in their proper places.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 113

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.8. How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names Continued 3. Click Test Format. The web site displays an example of how the result will be displayed.

xx0500001648

4. If the results displayed match your needs, click Set File Configuration. The file name you specified will replace the previously saved name. Controlling the Folder Structure You can also create a folder structure to organize the backups to make them easier to find. For example, let's say you wanted to group all of the backups by month, and sort them by successful backups, bad backups, and then by time. Create the path as shown below:
<%m\Good Backup |Contains Errors >%d%m%y-%H%M

The Backup Restore page structure at the WebWare Server tree (and at the robot teach pendant) will be:

xx0500001649

114

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.9. How to Configure IIS when Storing the Windows User Name in the Backup Log

3.2.9. How to Configure IIS when Storing the Windows User Name in the Backup Log
Overview WebWare stores the backup user name as part of the backup comment added to a backup. The user name can be either the WebWare account or the Windows account. It is necessary to configure IIS for the Windows user name to be logged, as described in the following procedure. Procedure 1. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. Click Start, then browse to Control Panel, Administrative Tools and then click Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. 2. Browse to the Default Web Site, right-click on it and select Properties. 3. Click the Directory Security tab. In the Authentication and access control part of the dialog, click Edit. The Authentication Methods dialog will appear. 4. In the Authentication Methods dialog, clear the Enable anonymous access check box. Click OK two times to return to the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager dialog. NOTE: If you disable anonymous access this can affect the transfer of files to the robot from the web client, that is restore, file copy etc. 5. Restart the web site. To do this you right-click the Default Web Site and select Stop. Wait until Default Web Site (Stopped) appears in the tree on the left. Once again, right-click on Default Web Site and select Start.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

115

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.10. Reports Page

3.2.10. Reports Page

Introduction The Reports page consists of the Custom Database drop-down panel and the Counter Resolution drop-down panel. You use the Reports page to delete Custom Databases and Custom Tables. Custom Database Panel The Custom Database drop-down panel allows you to delete entire custom databases or selected tables from either the WebWare Server database or a custom database that you created.

xx0500001650

How to Delete Custom Databases and Custom Tables 1. Select the database or table that you wish to delete. 2. Click the appropriate Delete button to remove the unwanted component. NOTE: Do NOT delete the last remaining Custom Table or you will not be able to delete the Custom Database. Empty Custom Databses are not displayed.

Continues on next page

116 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.2.10. Reports Page Continued Counter Resolution Panel Use the Counter Resolution drop-down panel to modify the default time frame for a counter.

xx0500001651

How to Set Counter Resolution 1. Enter the new default resolution in the field provided. 2. Click Set Counter Resolution to apply the changes. For more information about WebWare counters, see Counters on page 136.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

117

3 WebWare Server Module

3.3.1. ABB Robotics License Management

3.3 License Management 3.3.1. ABB Robotics License Management

Overview ABB RoboticsIT products incorporate a license management system that enforces the software license agreement between you and ABB. ABB uses a license protection mechanism based on license keys that allow access to specific ABB applications or special features installed on your computer. The ABB License System is made up of the following functions: ABB Software Product Administrator - manages Standalone License Keys for all ABB RoboticsIT products installed on a particular computer. For details, see the ABB License Management Help found under Start > All Programs > ABB Industrial IT > Robotics IT > Licensing License Key Request Wizard - a wizard to generate a License Key Request file that can be sent to ABB over the Internet or via e-mail. License Key Installation Wizard - a wizard to assist in installing ABB application license keys on a computer.

License Enforcement Mechanism ABB uses license keys to grant or deny access to entire applications or only to specific application functions. A single application may require multiple license keys to allow access to optional features in addition to the basic application. A license key is expressed as a data record in a License Key File. After generating a License Key Request file with the License Key Request Wizard and sending it to ABB, the License Key File will be sent back to you. You will receive one or more License Key Files each containing one or more license keys for the various applications that you have purchased from ABB. Using the License Key Installation Wizard, you install Standalone License Keys on a workstation. A single license key can be used by multiple applications. A license key is encrypted in a manner such that it can only be decrypted by the ABB RoboticsIT License System. Installing a new license will delete the old license for the same product and version. Note: No warning will be shown before installing the new license.

Continues on next page

118 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.3.1. ABB Robotics License Management Continued License Key Types Whenever an ABB RoboticsIT application starts, it automatically requests a license from the workstation running the application (Standalone License Key). If no license key is available, the application will not run. A Standalone License Key is contained in a License Key File on the same workstation on which the licensed application(s) are installed and executed. These license keys protect the licensed functions of the applications you have installed on that computer. License keys may be configured so that they expire after a specified date, or after the program is run a specified number of times. If a license key never expires, it is permanent. An ABB license key is usually node-locked, meaning that it is valid only on the workstation for which the key was issued. Node-locking involves incorporating specific characteristics of a particular workstation into the configuration of the license key, gathered from the system fingerprint. For single-installation (Standalone License Key) applications a fingerprint is automatically created during the software package installation process. WebWare License Options To use the features in WebWare Server, you are required to obtain and install a software license for each of the three WebWare modules (Server, Report and Backup) that you intend to use. The licensing model is also based on the number of devices you are going to use with WebWare. However, you do not need a device license for each device in you plant, only the devices you are going to use with WebWare. The Home page in WebWare Server shows which modules are installed and how many devices are supported. The table below shows an overview of the available menues and their licensing requirement for each module. Menu
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Submenu

Server Module
No license License License License License License License

Report Module

Backup Module

Home Info Device General State User Version Data Reports Viewer Manager Service Backup Control Schedule Results Restore Summary Documentation Admin Settings

License Count License Count License Count License Count License Count License Count License Count License Count License No license

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 119

3 WebWare Server Module

3.3.1. ABB Robotics License Management Continued Server Module
No license No License No license No license No license No license

Menu

Submenu
Devices Data Collector Setup Database Reports Backup

Report Module

Backup Module

120

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.3.2. WebWare License Priority

3.3.2. WebWare License Priority

Overview WebWare includes a license priroty mechanism that can be used to prioritize the devices that are granted a license. If devices are not prioritized, liceses will be granted to those devices that are connected first, given that there are more devices than purchased software licenses. An example, when license priotizing may be useful, is when it is necessary to closely monitor the performance of a section of a production line. For this purpose, WebWare Report licenses are obtained only for the robots in that section. By configuring the license priority, WebWare will grant Report licenses only to the specified robots in the license priority file. License Priority Configuration File Location The license priority file, LicensePriority.xml, should be stored in the following location at the WebWare Server:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\ABB Automation\WebWare Server

NOTE: You need to restart WebWare Server to apply the changes. License Priority Configuration File Syntax The following XML code is a template for configuring the license priority. Text in bold face indicates entries that need to be configured. Add as many <DeviceName> entries as the number of licenses you have obtained.
<?xml version="1.0"?> <!-- Uncomment device name entries to use priority list --> <PriorityList> <!-- Backup license device list --> <License type="1">
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

<DeviceName>DATACOLLECTOR/DEVICE1</DeviceName> <DeviceName>DATACOLLECTOR/DEVICE2</DeviceName> </License> <!-- Report license device list --> <License type="2"> <DeviceName>DATACOLLECTOR/DEVICE1</DeviceName> <DeviceName>DATACOLLECTOR/DEVICE2</DeviceName> </License> </PriorityList>

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

121

3 WebWare Server Module

3.4.1. Help Page

3.4 User Documentation 3.4.1. Help Page

Introduction The help page presents the online help that provides information how to use WebWare Server. You access the information by clicking Help in the top right-hand corner of the WebWare Server web page.

xx0500001789

122

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.4.2. Documentation Page

3.4.2. Documentation Page

Overview The Documentation Page contains links to WebWare-related ABB documentation and can be customized to include links to other relevant customer documents. In addition to the WebWare user documentation, there are links to ABB controller documentation, robot product manuals, and RAPID programming reference manuals. The documentation is provided as PDF-files (Portable Document Format). To view this documentation online requires the Adobe Acrobat Reader software installed, which is available as part of the ABB WebWare Client installation or as a free download from Adobes web site, http://www.adobe.com. The documentation at the web site is organized into a tree. Click on the tree names to expand and list the conents on the web page. Click on the document link to open and display the selected Acrobat document in a separate window. The Documentation page can be customized by adding files or including links to files and web pages.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001790

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

123

3 WebWare Server Module

3.4.3. How to Add Content to the Documentation Page

3.4.3. How to Add Content to the Documentation Page

Introduction You can add documents and links to web pages of your choice in a hierarchical structure that you choose on the Documentation page, in addition to the existing WebWare-related documentation provided. Adding Headings and Documents A simple method to add content to the Documentation page is to copy the files to a folder on the server and let WebWare automatically display them on the Documentation page. The following procedure will guide you: 1. Using Windows Explorer, navigate to the following location:
C:\Inetpub\wwroot\WebWare\docs\customerdocs

2. Create a folder at this location, for example

C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\docs\customerdocs\MyFolder

Name the folder any name that you would like. Note that the folder name cannot contain spaces. 3. Copy the files you want displayed on the Documentation page into the MyFolder folder you created. 4. Refresh the Documentation page and the new header, (the same name as your folder name) and the files that you put into the folder will appear on the page under the heading Customer Documents. To edit headings and document names, see Editing Heading and Document Names on page 124. Editing Heading and Document Names You can edit the headings and document names by following the steps below. 1. Using Windows Explorer, navigate to the customerdocs.xml configuration file, usually located at:
C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\docs

2. Open the configuration file in Notepad. The file contains example entries that illustrate the correct syntax, see Configuration File on page 125. Note that the root location for relative links originates from the directory where the configuration file is located, i.e. C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\docs 3. To change the header name, add a <DirectoriesReference entry similar to the example entries in the file and below.
<DirectoryRef> <DirecoryReference Path="FolderPath" Name="FolderName" /> . . . </DirectoryRef>

Essentially, you are changing the name of the folder as it will appear on the web page.

Continues on next page

124 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3 WebWare Server Module

3.4.3. How to Add Content to the Documentation Page Continued 4. To change the name of a document, add a <FileReference File= attribute entry similar to the entries in the file.
<FileRef> <FileReference File="File" Name="FileName" /> . . . </FileRef>

In this case, you are changing the name of the document as it will appear on the web page. 5. Save the file. 6. Refresh the Documentation page. If you did not complete the entries in the configuration file correctly, error text may appear on the web page, or your additions may not appear at all. Check your typing to make sure that your entries are accurate. Configuration File The configuration file contains example entries that show the syntax of the configuration file. Text in bold face indicate parts of the file that you are expected to modify to your needs.
<Documentation xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchemainstance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <DirectoryRef> <DirectoriesReference Path="Folder1" Name="Misc Manuals"/> <DirectoriesReference Path="Folder2" Name="Monthly Reports"/> </DirectoryRef> <FileRef> <FileReference File="mymanual1.pdf" Name="My Device Manual"/> <FileReference File="report03.pdf" Name="Report for March"/>
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

</FileRef> </Documentation>

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

125

3 WebWare Server Module

3.4.3. How to Add Content to the Documentation Page

126

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.1. Overview

4 WebWare Report Module

4.1. Overview
Live vs. Historical Data WebWare Server provides access to both live and historical production data. Accessing live data, you can monitor the current value of any item that is presented via OPC. For a robot, this includes data such as operational status, I/O signal state, values of RAPID persistent and global variables, and any data presented by OPC Data Access devices. Historical data is represented by timer, counter and log messages stored in the WebWare Server database. Counters and Timers The WebWare Report module also incorporates the concept of user-defined Counters and Timers. Counters are data elements that can be used to quantify some measure (e.g., the number of parts produced, the number of defects, the size of a part buffer) during some userdefined repeating interval (e.g. hours, days, weeks). A Timer is a data item that can be repeatedly started & stopped, and used to measure the duration of some state or action (e.g. the amount of time waiting for a part, the amount of time arc is struck while welding, amount of time taken to perform some process). Counters and Timers, along with Event Log data, are recorded in a relational database. You access this data through a flexible, self-service reporting system that has the flexibility to allow you to explore data online, in an ad hoc fashion. For more information, see Report Manager Page on page 168. System Monitoring
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

You use the tools listed below to monitor the status of the WebWare Server network: InterLink Monitor to determine connection status of robot aliases. For more information, see Using the ABB InterLink Monitor in the Device Configuration Utility help file. WebWare Server Info pages to determine connection status of Data Collectors, or use SIS to determine individual robot health. For more information, see Info Page on page 129. WebWare Server Data page to monitor device I/O status. For more information, see WebWare Server Database on page 135. Plant Model view to customize the tree view to match either physical or logical plant structures. For more information, see Plant Model on page 79.

Data Collection You use the tools listed below to collect and preserve historical data from your system: The WebWare RAPID Module provides functions to collect data from robots and store that data in the WebWare Server database. For more information, see WebWare RAPID Module (WebWare.sys) on page 291. You can create Custom Database tables to store non-standard data from robots. For more information, see Custom Database Tables on page 145. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 127

4 WebWare Report Module

4.1. Overview Continued You then use the report tools in WebWare Server to sort the historical data and create reports that display query results as tables or charts.

128

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.1. Info Page

4.2 WebWare Data Collection & Monitoring 4.2.1. Info Page

Overview The WebWare Info page displays fundamental information about the WebWare network or selected devices on the network. WebWare Server Device Counts Highlight the WebWare Network node on the tree. The content pane will display a list of device counts for the devices on the network. This is a handy way of checking the relative health of the network.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001666

Data Collector Device Counts You can also highlight an individual Data Collector to display the Data Collector Device Counts page to view the connection status of the devices connected to that Data Collector. WebWare Device Information Highlight any device on the tree other than the network node. The Info page for that device will appear. The data shown in the figure can be assigned using one of three methods: If the WebWare Device is a real or virtual controller, the values can be set from RAPID using functions available in the WebWare System Module (WEBWARE.SYS). If the device is a WebWare Client Application, the values can be set using the WebWare ActiveX control. For more information about creating WebWare Client Applications, refer to the WebWare SDK online help. If the device is an OPC Device, these values are configured using the Device Configuration Utility. For complete details, see Configuring the Device Configuration Utility (DCU) in the Device Configuration Utility help file. Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 129

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.1. Info Page Continued

xx0500001667

Robot devices have an additional view page available. The data shown is extracted from the robot controller and provides controller version and state information.

xx0500001668

Continues on next page

130 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.1. Info Page Continued Info Page Views The Info page provides sub-menues to display an overview of information extracted from the robot controller. A brief introduction of the content of each page view is listed here. Menu
General

Information Displayed
Status - connection state of the device. Icons indicate the device connection status. Version - the user-defined version (usually a WebWare Client Application). Company - the user-defined company name (usually defined in a WebWare Client Application or from OPC Device tags). Author - the user-defined Author name (usually defined in a WebWare Client Application or from OPC Device tags). Description - the user-defined description name (usually defined in a WebWare Client Application or from OPC Device tags). Status - connection state of the device. Icons indicate the device connection status. Operation - the operational state of the device (Automatic, Manual, etc.). Program - the operational state of the device program (Loaded, Initialized, etc.). Control - the operational state of the robot controller (E-Stopped, Auto, etc.). Prog/Ctrl - the operational state of the device program (Stopped, Auto, etc.). Interface - indicates whether the device interface is connected, disconnected or disabled. Status - connection state of the device. Icons indicate the device connection status. User Defined fields - these fields are all defined by the user.. Status - connection state of the device. Icons indicate the device connection status. Boot - the EEPROM version number (controller BIOS). RAP - indicates the version of RAP running on the robots. System - indicates the robot operation system version installed. Pendant - the Teach Pendant hardware and software version numbers. Control ID - the robot serial number..

State

User
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Version

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

131

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.2. Data Page

4.2.2. Data Page

Overview The Data Page displays data from the selected Robot Alias or OPC Device. No data is currently displayed from the WebWare Client Application.

xx0500001669

Robot I/O Configuration File For S4 robots, the robot I/O configuration file must be loaded into the Device Configuration Utility (DCU) on the WebWare Data Collector for the robot I/O to be displayed in the WebWare Client interface. To learn more about this procedure, refer to the Device Configuration Utility help file. For IRC5 robots, robot I/O is displayed automatically and does not need to be configured. Views All of the I/O and variable data are dynamic and are updated when the WebWare Client receives new information about the device. The Views drop-down list allows you to select from digital I/O, analog I/O, group I/O, board and RAPID (perssistent data, variable data and constants). Each signal or variable is placed on a line in the table. Click the column header to sort the data in any column in ascending or descending order. Filters You can simplify the data view of the selected device by choosing one of the available filters. You can display different signal views, such as:
132
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

All signals Digital signals only Analog signals only Group signals only Board signals only RAPID program data only Continues on next page
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.2. Data Page Continued You can filter the views by: All inputs and outputs Outputs only Inputs only

The figure below illustrates how to select a filter from the drop down menu.

xx0500001670

Column Header Definitions The table below defines the column headers for the robot I/O data page. Component
Name
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function
I/O name. For I/O signals: Controller board name. For RAPID variables: Not used.

Container Data Type

Type of signal. Possible values are: Digital I/O Analog I/O Digital Group I/O Analog Group I/O RAPID variable types (bool, num, string, etc.). Connection state of the signal. Possible values are: Connected Not Connected Current value of the I/O. For digital I/O, possible values are 0 and 1. For analog I/O, possible values are dependent on the type of signal being measured. A question mark indicates a disconnected signal. Date the I/O parameters were last modified. Quality of the data. Possible values are: Good (Connected) Bad (Disconnected)

Data State

Value

Modified Quality

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 133

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.2. Data Page Continued RAPID Persistent Variables The Data page RAPID view displays bool, num, or string RAPID persistent variables that have been registered in the Variable Subscriptions tab in the Device Configuration Utility on the device Data Collector. Information about setting up variables on the Data Collector can also be found in the Device Configuration Utility help file. Each row of the variable view is formatted with the columns containing the variable name, type, status, and value. If the variables are registered properly and the RAPID program is executing, the variable status is Connected, and values will be updated dynamically as they change. If the variables are not registered properly or the RAPID program is not currently executing, the variable status is Not Connected. The status values are defined in Return Status Codes in the System Reference section. OPC Device The Data Page displays the tag data for the selected OPC Device. Component
Name Container Data Type

Function
I/O name. Not used. Tag data type. Possible values are: Native Type Bool Short Long Double String Connection state of the signal. Possible values are: Connected Not Connected Varies depending on the tag data type. A question mark indicates a disconnected signal. Date the I/O parameters were last modified. Quality of the data. Possible values are: Good (hex value of C0) Bad (any other common OPC hex value 00, DF, AB, etc.)
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Data State

Value Modified Quality

134

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.3. WebWare Server Database

4.2.3. WebWare Server Database

Introduction WebWare Server preserves historical data in the WebWare Server database. The database is a Microsoft SQL database that is automatically built the first time WebWare Server is started. For more information on the differences between the MSDE and SQL 2000 Server, see Microsoft SQL Server on page 37. The database contains a list of all of the attached robot controllers and WebWare Client applications. This information is used to populate the WebWare Client user interface navigation tree. The database also contains several types of information specific to WebWare Server. The following sections describe the different types of information stored in the WebWare Server database. WebWare Server automatically creates a system ODBC Data Source Name (DSN) labeled WebWare Database. The DSN allows custom web pages to connect to the WebWare Database. Log Messages WebWare Server saves events and errors messages received from robot controllers and WebWare Client Applications as log messages. The fields that make up a log message are described as follows: Field
Robot Name Log

Definition
This is the name of the WebWare device generating the log message. This is the number that identifies which log triggered the event. These are the log numbers used by both the S4 control and the WebWare ActiveX controls. 1. System State Events 2. System Errors 3. Hardware Errors 4. RAPID Program Events 5. Motion Control Events/Errors 6. Operator Events 7. IO and Communications Errors 8. S4 User Defined Events 9. Optional Product Events 10. S4 Internal Errors 11. ArcWeld Events 12. Spotweld Events 13. Paint Events 14. PC Application Events 15. InterLink Events For more information on error codes generated by WebWare Server see WebWare Server Error Codes on page 338. This is the number that identifies the type of the log event. The possible types are as follows: 1. State Change 2. Warning 3. Error

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

LogType

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 135

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.3. WebWare Server Database Continued Field
LogNumber LogText

Definition
This is the log event number. The log events numbers vary with every logging function. This is a string containing lines of text used to identify the log event.

Counters The WebWare Server database includes a generic counter. WebWare counters are used to count event occurrences over a given time frame. RAPID programs and WebWare SDK Applications create counter records by calling a counter increment function with the counter name. WebWare creates counter records for each counter and increments the value given. Counter resolution must be considered very carefully in relation to several factors. Setting a counter resolution to a low number may result in fast database growth. The default, recommended resolution value is 60 minutes. The time frame for counters is set from the Counter Resolution panel of the Reports Page on page 116 of the WebWare Server web site. Counter records are ideal for counting things like Parts Per Hour or Failures Per Hour. The counter data can also be summed in a database query to produce reports like Parts Per Shift or Part Per Week. The WebWare Server database counter fields are described as follows: Field
Robot Name Counter Name Value Time

Definition
This is the name of the WebWare device managing the counter. This is the name of the counter. This is the current counter value for the specified time frame. This is the time and date for a given counter record. Counter times are always specified as the starting time of a specified time frame. e.g. 1/11/00 2:00:00 PM.

See also WWIncrCounter Instruction on page 309. Timers The WebWare Server database includes a generic timer record concept. WebWare timers are used to time events such as cycle time, squeeze time, hold time, etc. RAPID programs and WebWare SDK Applications create timer records by calling the StartTime, StopTime, and LogTimedEvent functions specifying the timer name used to identify the timer record. Each timer record represents a single timed event. If you are tracking Cycle Time, youll get a new timer record for each recorded cycle. The WebWare Server database timer fields are described as follows: Field
Robot Name Timer Name Start Time End Time

Definition
This is the name of the WebWare device writing the timer record. This is the name of the timer. This is the time that the timer was started. This is the time that the timer was stopped. If this field is blank, the timer is still active.

Continues on next page

136 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.3. WebWare Server Database Continued Field
Duration MS

Definition
This is the duration of the timed event in milliseconds. This is only calculated when the End Time field is written.

See also WWStartTimer Instruction on page 311, WWStopTimer Instruction on page 313 and WWLogTimedEvent Instruction on page 315. OPC Alarm Tables WebWare tracks the following OPC alarms and conditions: Field
Source Message Time Event Type

Definition
This is the name of the alarm. This is the event notification message sent along with the alarm. This is the time that the alarm occurred. 1. Simple event 2. Tracking event 3. Condition-related event Displays whether the event is standard or vendor specific. Displays a severity range from 0 to 1000, with 0 being the most severe. This is the new state of an OPC condition. This is the OPC condition name. This is the name of the current sub-condition, for multi-state conditions. This is the quality associated with the condition state. This is the time that the OPC condition became active.

Event Category Severity State Name SubName Quality Active Time

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Backup Log WebWare tracks the following backup system events: Field
User Name Scheduled Start Time Type

Definition
Name of the user who started the backup. If the schedule process started the backup. The time the backup was started. 1. Backup all devices 2. Backup selected devices

Alias Backup Log WebWare tracks the state of the backup status according to the aliases in the system as shown below. Field
Device Name Backup ID Result

Definition
Name of device Backup Identification The result of the backup attempt for the given device. For complete information on these states see Backup Status Messages on page 232.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 137

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.3. WebWare Server Database Continued Field
Push Result Project Name User Cancel Date Complete Full Program Request Full Program Status Program Request Program Status Modules Total Modules Written System Params Total System Params Written Ramdisk Ramdisk Total Ramdisk Written Log Total Log Written Device Name Backup ID File Name File Type

Definition
Indicates whether InterLink was able to pass backup file set to WWService, see Return Status Codes on page 321. The project that was backed up. The name of the user who cancelled the backup. The time and date that the backup requested completed. 0/1 whether backup configuration had Standard backup checked. Indicate whether full program request was successful. See Return Status Codes on page 321. 0/1 whether backup configuration had RAPID checked Indicates whether Program backup was successful. See Return Status Codes on page 321. The number of Modules backup configuration had set when RAPID was checked. Number of Modules written. The number of System Params backup configuration had set when Parameters checked. Number of System Parameters written. Whether backup configuration had Ramdisk checked. Total number of files on Ramdisk. Number of Ramdisk files backed up. The number of Log backup configuration had set when Event Logs is checked. Number of Log Files backed up. The name of the device that had the error. Backup Identification. A number indicating the type of backup the file was included in: 0. Unknown Error 1. Error backing up programs 2. Error during full backup 3. Error backing up program modules 4. Error backing up system parameters 5. Error backing up log files 6. Error during file push 7. Error backing up robot ramdisk See Return Status Codes on page 321. The time and date the error occurred.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The name of the file that failed.

Result Code Date

138

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database

Overview You can relocate a WebWare database if you are running out of disk space on the server, or if you wish to move the data to another database server. NOTE: SQL Server does not support access to a database file stored on a network drive. The database file must reside on the same computer as SQL Server, but may be located on a different drive than C:\. The procedures below use OSQL (see OSQL on page 105) and, therefore, apply to all users. But if you have the SQL Enterprise manager installed, simply follow the tips at the end of each procedure, which are marked with a light bulb and begin with the word Alternatively. Shutting Down WebWare Applications 1. Open the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. Click on the Default Web Site in the console tree and then click the Stop button. 2. Close any open WebWare components: Device Configuration Utility InterLink Monitor

3. Open the Computer Management console. Stop the following services: TIP! Alternatively, close all Internet Explorers that point to the WebWare server website. Open the Control Panel, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services. Select the MSSQL$WEBWARESQL service. From the Action menu, click Stop.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

ABB InterLink Module ABB WebWare Server

Detaching and Moving the Database(s) Follow the steps below to detach DeviceLog.mdf from the MSDE Database Engine and move it to its new location. 1. Open a Windows command prompt and type the following command:
osql -S[Machine Name]\[Instance Name] -U[User Name]

Typically, the command you type will look something like this:
osql -SWebServer\WebWareSQL -Usa

Press Enter. 2. Enter the SQL password and press Enter. The default password is webware. Note that the cursor will not change as you type the password. If you entered the password correctly the osql command prompt will appear:
1>

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 139

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database Continued 3. Type:
1> sp_detach_db @dbname="DeviceLog"

Then press Enter.

2> go

Then press Enter. 4. If you typed everything correctly, a series of information messages may appear. If you entered a syntax error, an error message will appear, and you must re-enter all of the commands, correcting any mistakes before continuing. Repeat Steps 1 - 3 above for each custom database on your server. 5. Find the current DeviceLog.mdf using e.g. Windows Explorer, and copy the file to the new location. TIP! Alternatively, on the SQL server, click Start, point to Programs, point to Microsoft SQL Server and then click Enterprise Manager. Right-click the Devices database folder, point to All Tasks and then click Detach Database. Open Windows Explorer and browse to C:\Program Files\Common Files\ ABB Automation\WebWare Server\Robot Data. Copy the DeviceLog.mdf and the DeviceLog_log.LDF files. On the SQL server, create a folder structure where the database will reside and then paste the two files in the folder. Attaching the WebWare Database(s) to the Database Engine Follow the steps below to attach the DeviceLog.mdf and any custom databases to the MSDE database Engine from the new location. 1. Open a command prompt and type the following command:
osql -S[Machine Name]\[Instance Name] -U[User Name]

Typically, the command you type will look something like this:
osql -SWebServer\WebWareSQL -Usa
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Press Enter. 2. Enter the SQL password and press Enter. The default password is webware. Note that the cursor will not change as you type the password. If you entered the password correctly the osql command prompt will appear:
1>

3. Type the following commands, exactly as they appear below, pressing Enter after you complete each line:
1> sp_attach_db @dbname="DeviceLog", 2> @filename1 = "C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\DeviceLog.mdf", 3> @filename2 = "C:\WebWare Data\Robot Data\DeviceLog_log.ldf" 4> go

NOTE: If you attempt to attach to a database file located on a remote computer, you will receive an error message that looks similar to:
File "[Database path and name]" is on a network device not supported for database files.

Continues on next page

140 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database Continued 4. If the command prompt reappears (>1), you have successfully reattached the database. If a syntax error occurs, check your typing carefully and make the necessary corrections. 5. To exit osql type exit and press Enter. 6. At the Computer Management console, restart the ABB InterLink and ABB WebWare services. 7. At the IIS console, restart the default web site. 8. Browse to the WebWare web site and navigate to the Database Configuration page. 9. Check the Connection State indicator - it should read Running. Check the Server Configuration fields to make sure that the information shown matches the changes that you made. TIP! Alternatively, on the SQL server, click Start, point to Programs, point to Microsoft SQL Server and then click Enterprise Manager. Browse to the instance you created for WebWare, right-click the Databases folder, point to All Tasks and then click Attach Database. In the Attach Database dialog box, browse with the ... button to the DeviceLog.mdf file and then click OK. Verify the values in the dialog box, and then click OK. The DeviceLog database should be displayed in the Enterprise manager. Windows Authentication For Windows 2000 and XP installations: If you choose to use Windows Authentication (instead of SQL Authentication), you must manually add the <hostname>\ASPNET user account as a database user to the DeviceLog.mdf, as well as any custom databases that will be accessed, or else access will be denied. In addition, you must configure the <hostname>\ASPNET user to have SELECT permissions for all user tables in the DeviceLog database, as well as any custom databases that will be accessed. The following Procedure on page 141 describes how to set up access rights in Microsoft SQL Server. For Windows Server 2003 installations: If you choose to use Windows Authentication (instead of SQL Authentication), you must manually add the NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE user account as a database user to the DeviceLog.mdf, as well as any custom databases that will be accessed, or else access will be denied. In addition, you must configure the NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE user to have SELECT permissions for all user tables in the DeviceLog database, as well as any custom databases that will be accessed. The following Procedure on page 141 describes how to set up access rights in Microsoft SQL Server. Procedure Follow the steps below to set up the SQL user account properly. 1. Start the SQL Enterprise Manager. 2. Select the instance of SQL Server that will host the WebWare database. 3. Open the Security folder. Right-click on the Logins item and select New Logins.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 141

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database Continued 4. The New Login Properties dialog will appear. Type the applicable user account in the Name field: Windows 2000 and XP installations: <hostname>\ASPNET Windows Server 2003 installations: NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE 5. Make sure Windows Authentication is selected. 6. Click on the Database Access tab and select DeviceLog and any other custom databases that you will use. 7. For each database or custom database table that WebWare Server will access, in the Permit In Database list box, select db_datareader, and then click OK. WebWare Account If WebWare Server and SQL Server reside on different machines an additional user account must be added in order for the archive to function. Follow the steps below to set up a WebWare Account: 1. Create a user account on the SQL Server named WebWare with a password. 2. Give the Webware user Administrator rights. 3. Create a user account on the Webware Server machine named WebWare with the same password as above. 4. Give the Webware user Administrator rights. 5. Open Windows Services on the WebWare Server machine. 6. Double-click ABB WebWare Service. 7. On the Log On tab add the newly created WebWare account.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

8. Restart the Service. Sharing the SQL Database Folder Follow the steps below to set up a share of the database: 1. Right-click on the folder where the DeviceLog.mdf file is located (on the SQL Server). 2. Select Sharing and Security. 3. Select Share this folder. 4. Set Share name to Database. 5. Set Permissions to the WebWare user created above. Configuring the Database in the WebWare Server Follow the steps below to configure the database: 1. From the physical WebWare server PC, open Internet Explorer and log on to http:// localhost/WebWare. 2. From the Admin menu, click Database and then scroll down to the Database Server Configuration panel. 3. In the SQL Server Name box, type the name of the SQL server PC. 4. In the SQL Instance box, type the name of the instance you created at SQL installation. Continues on next page
142 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.4. Relocating a WebWare Database Continued 5. In the Database Location box, type the path to the database on the SQL server PC. (\\SQLSERVERNAME\Database\DeviceLog.mdf) 6. From the Authentication Type options, select the appropriate type (default=SQL Server). 7. In the User Name box, type a user name (default=sa). 8. In the Password and Retype Password boxes, type the password you assigned at SQL installation. 9. Click Set Configuration. 10. Reboot the WebWare server PC. 11. Open Internet Explorer and log on to http://localhost/WebWare. 12. From the Admin menu, click Database and then scroll down to the WebWare Database Information panel. Ensure that the connected state is Running.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

143

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.5. Creating a New WebWare Server Database

4.2.5. Creating a New WebWare Server Database

Create a New WebWare Server Database You might want to create a new WebWare database after you have run WebWare Server on your system in a test mode, before entering production data, or if the database is full and you do not need to preserve historical data. Follow the steps below to create a new, empty WebWare Server database. 1. Stop Internet Information Services (IIS). 1. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. 2. Click on the Default Web Site in the console tree. 3. Click the Stop button. 2. Close any open WebWare components: Device Configuration Utility InterLink Monitor

3. Open the Computer Management console. Stop the following services: ABB InterLink Module ABB WebWare Server

Click on the service and then click the Stop button. 4. Detach the database from the database server as described in Detaching and Moving the Database(s) on page 139. 5. Find the current DeviceLog.mdf using e.g. Windows Explorer, and any Custom Database you may have created and delete the databases. 6. Open the Computer Management console. Restart the following services: ABB InterLink Module ABB WebWare Server
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Click on the service and then click the Start button. 7. Restart IIS. 8. At the WebWare Server network server, go to the Robot Data directory and verify that a new DeviceLog.mdf has been created.

144

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables

Introduction WebWare Server creates its own database that supports generic concepts like Timers, Counters, and Log messages. Although these are excellent tools for many applications, more explicit information may be needed in some cases. WebWare includes a mechanism for collecting process data by writing data from the RAPID program to a custom database. There are several robotic applications where it may be convenient to store data about the physical position of the robot over time. Some companies will track the start position of a weld and the end position of a weld to detect variances over time. That information may reveal process problems otherwise difficult to detect. Some features of custom database tables include: The ability to create tables within one database. Creates an ODBC Data Source Name (DSN) on the Server so Web Pages can be created using the custom database. Several Robots / Applications can write to the same table.

Creating a Custom Database from RAPID Creating a WebWare Custom Database from RAPID code is a three-step process. The steps must be done in order, and the variables used must be declared as persistent variables. All WebWare Custom databases are created in the location indicated on the Database Configuration Page (see Database Page on page 97). In the following example, the name of the custom database is MyDatabase so the name of the database file will be MyDatabase.mdf. The MyDatabase.mdf file will be created in the WebWare data directory. It is recommended that table names in Custom Databases be unique to your SQL Server Instance. If two tables located in separate Custom Databases have the same name, data inconsistencies may arise when records are inserted or updated by RAPID programs. NOTE: WebWare Server will keep track of all databases and tables that have been created. That way a RAPID program will only have to go through the create database process once. After successfully creating MyDatabase an ODBC DSN labeled ww_MyDatabase will be created. NOTE: To use the RECORD type in RAPID to create custom databases, you need to have Advanced and Developer functions installed on the robot controller. Sample 1 Program Printout The printout below contains the complete RAPID program that will be referenced in the following sections.
%%% VERSION:1 LANGUAGE:ENGLISH

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 145

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
%%% MODULE CUSTDB PERS string FieldNames{12}:=["Pos1x","Pos1y","Pos1z","Pos2x","Pos2y", "Pos2z","Pos3x", "Pos3y","Pos3z","Pos4x","Pos4y","Pos4z"]; PERS pos MyTableRec{4}:=[[10,1,2],[10,4,5],[10,7,8],[10,10,11]]; PERS num MyTableSts:=1; PERS bool bCreate:=TRUE; VAR bool bWebTimeOut:=FALSE; PERS num WriteErr:=0; PERS num TimeOutErr:=0; PERS num SCErr:=0; PROC main() IF bCreate=TRUE THEN CreateCustDB; ELSE WriteCustDB; ENDIF ENDPROC PROC CreateCustDB() !Create and Open the custom DB in WebWare ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log"; SCWrite ww_command; SCWrite MyTableRec; SCWrite FieldNames; IF (bWebTimeOut) THEN ErrWrite "WebWare Table Create Error.","Command Timed out."; bCreate:=FALSE; ELSEIF (MyTableSts=0) THEN !Successfully created the Custom Database. bCreate:=FALSE; ENDIF !Success or Failure print out status on Teach Pendant ErrWrite "MyTableSts= "+NumToStr(MyTableSts,2),"Create Custom Table Status"; WaitTime 15; ERROR IF ERRNO=ERR_SC_WRITE THEN SCErr:=SCErr+1; WaitTime 2; RETRY; ENDIF
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WaitUntil MyTableSts<1\MaxTime:=60\TimeFlag:=bWebTimeOut;

Continues on next page

146 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
ENDPROC PROC WriteCustDB() VAR num i; FOR i FROM 1 TO 4 DO IF MyTableRec{i}.x>=10 AND MyTableRec{i}.x<=1499 THEN MyTableRec{i}.x:=MyTableRec{i}.x+15; MyTableRec{i}.y:=MyTableRec{i}.y+10; MyTableRec{i}.z:=MyTableRec{i}.z+10; ELSE MyTableRec{i}.x:=MyTableRec{i}.x-15; MyTableRec{i}.y:=MyTableRec{i}.y-10; MyTableRec{i}.z:=MyTableRec{i}.z-10; ENDIF ! Init status variables MyTableSts:=1; bWebTimeOut:=FALSE; SCWrite MyTableRec; WaitUntil MyTableSts<1\MaxTime:=30\TimeFlag:=bWebTimeOut; IF (bWebTimeOut) THEN TimeOutErr:=TimeOutErr+1; ELSEIF (MyTableSts<>0) THEN WriteErr:=WriteErr+1; ENDIF WaitTime 5; ENDFOR ERROR
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

IF ERRNO=ERR_SC_WRITE THEN SCErr:=SCErr+1; WaitTime 2; RETRY; ENDIF ENDPROC ENDMODULE

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 147

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued Name the Custom WebWare Database and Table NOTE: For IRC5, InterLink can only set the status variable when the robot controller is in AUTO mode. Follow the steps below to name the custom database and table. 1. Declare a global persistent status variable as type num. For IRC5, it cannot be a task persistent. The variable name is important; it must be the exact name of the table plus the suffix Sts. Otherwise, InterLink will not be able to communicate back to the RAPID program. In the example, the name of the table is MyTable, so the status variable will be MyTableSts. 2. Create a ww_command string. The ww_command number 17 indicates that the comma delimited values that follow are intended to declare the name and type of the custom database. In the sample code below, the second field contains MyDatabase.MyTable. The third field defines what type of table to create, for details about table types see Custom Database Types on page 148. 3. Using the RAPID SCWrite instruction, you must send that command string to InterLink. See the RAPID documentation for more information on the SCWrite instruction. InterLink will process the command and set the status variable to indicate success or failure. NOTE: Do not forget to reset the status variable after InterLink has set the variable. Custom Database Types There currently exists two types of custom database tables: Log - This table is created with the purpose of adding program data to a table.
ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log";

ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,config";

For more information, see Update Records with SCWrite on page 152. Sample Code
MODULE SAMPLE . . PERS num MyTableSts:=1; . . PROC CreateCustDB() . . ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log"; SCWrite:=ww_command;

Continues on next page

148 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Config - This table is created with the purpose of storing single program or configuration data. Only one record is stored in a table. Existing fields are updated.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued Define the RAPID Datatype Follow the sample code below to define what type of data will be stored in the table. Any persistent variable, structure, or array can define a record. For simplicity, the sample defines an array of POS variables. The name of the variable, structure or array is important. The variable must be the same as the database name with Rec appended to it. As the sample code displays, the name of the table is MyTable so the persistent variable that defines the data has to be named MyTableRec.
MODULE SAMPLE PERS string FieldNames{12}:= ["Pos1X","Pos1Y","Pos1Z","Pos2X","Pos2Y","Pos2Z","Pos3X", "Pos3Y","Pos3Z","Pos4X","Pos4Y","Pos4Z"]; PERS pos MyTableRec{4}:=[[0,0,0],[0,0,0],[0,0,0],[0,0,0]]; PERS num MyTableSts:=1; PROC main() . . ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log"; SCWrite:=ww_command; SCWrite:=MyTableRec; . .

Define the SQL Datatype Follow the sample code below to define what SQL datatypes will be stored in the table. The possible datatypes include
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

int auto (int with automatic counter) float decimal bool varchar

The name of the variable, structure or array is important. The variable must be the same as the database name with Type appended to it. As the sample code displays, the name of the table is MyTable so the persistent variable that defines the data has to be named MyTableType. The SCWrite command will accept an array of strings which define the datatypes for each column in the table. A second parameter indicates if the column should be unique. If the column is defined as unique, a unique index is created on the column in the database.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 149

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued Notice that the ww_command related to creating the database and table includes an additional parameter, UserDef, indicating that columns in the table are user-defined.
MODULE SAMPLE RECORD basicrec num myint; num myflt; num mydec; string myvarchar; bool mybool; ENDRECORD . . PERS num MyTableSts:=1; PERS string MyTableField{5}:=["MyAutoInt","MyFloat","MyDecimal", "MyVarchar","MyBool"]; PERS string MyTableType{5}:=["auto","float unique","decimal unique","varchar","bool"]; PERS basicrec MyTableRec:=[6,7,8.9,"Something for varchar", false]; PERS string ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log,UserDef"; PROC main() . . MyTableSts:=1; SCWrite ww_command; WaitTime 0.3; SCWrite MyTableType; WaitTime 0.3; SCWrite MyTableField; WaitTime 0.3; WaitUntil MyTableSts<1\MaxTime:=nMaxTimeout\TimeFlag:=bCurTimeout; SCWrite MyTableRec;
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

150 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued Label the Database Fields The final step to creating a custom database from RAPID is to label the fields. The field names must be declared in an ASCII string array having the same number of elements as the number of fields in the database. The example uses POS type, which consists of the three elements X, Y and Z. We defined the field with four POS variables, which means we must label 12 individual fields. The following code labels the fields of the database.
MODULE SAMPLE PERS string FieldNames{12}:= ["Pos1X","Pos1Y","Pos1Z","Pos2X","Pos2Y","Pos2Z","Pos3X", "Pos3Y","Pos3Z","Pos4X","Pos4Y","Pos4Z"]; PERS pos MyTableRec{4}:=[[0,0,0],[0,0,0],[0,0,0],[0,0,0]]; PERS num MyTableSts:=1; PROC main() . . ww_command:="17,MyDatabase.MyTable,log"; SCWrite ww_command; SCWrite MyTableRec; SCWrite FieldNames; WaitUntil MyTableSts<1\MaxTime:=30\TimeFlag:=bTimeout; IF (bWebTimeOut) THEN ErrWrite "WebWare Table Create Error.","Command Timed out."; bCreate:=FALSE; ELSEIF (MyTableSts=0) THEN !Successfully created the Custom Database. bCreate:=FALSE;
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

ENDIF . .

Writing to a Custom Database After successfully creating a database via RAPID, the database is immediately ready for information to be written to it. To write to the database simply fill the record array with information.
!Fill MyTableRec array with information. SCWrite MyTableRec;

Error Handling Example Generally, it is a good idea to check for errors after doing the three SCWrite commands to determine if the table/database has been created. The sample code below would be used to determine if the record was written to the MyTable table.
WaitUntil MyTableSts<1\MaxTime:=30\TimeFlag:=bWebTimeOut; IF (bWebTimeOut) THEN TimeOutErr:=TimeOutErr+1; ELSEIF (MyTableSts<>0) THEN WriteErr:=WriteErr+1;

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 151

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
ENDIF

Checking if a Custom Database Table Already Exists Generally, it is a good idea to query if a table already exists. This can provide a slight performance improvement since Interlink will verify that the table already exists without doing a request to WWService. Notice that the ww_command number is 25. The sample code below could be used to determine if the MyTable table already exists.
PERS num ww_nTableExists; . . ww_command:="25,MyDatabase.MyTable"; ww_nTableExists:=0; SCWrite ww_command; WaitTime 1.0; TPWrite ww_nTableExists;

The variable ww_nTableExists will have one of the following values: 1 : Table exists. 2 : Table does not exist. -1 : Attempt to verify tables existence failed. (The command failed.)

Update Records with SCWrite A check is done of the MyDatabase.MyTable table in the DeviceLog database prior to all inserts into the custom database tables. If the table is listed as a config table, the INSERT SQL statement is prefixed by an IF EXISTS statement. If the table and one record already exists, the SQL statement conducted will be an UPDATE statement. Otherwise, it will be a normal INSERT statement.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Sample 2 Program Printout The printout below contains the complete RAPID program for a complex custom database RAPID program including error-checking, a user-interactive menu system, and routines to verify, create, and write to custom database tables. This example is much more complex than sample 1 but demonstrates some of the features provided by WebWares Custom database functions. It contains routines to check if a table exists in the database and provides feedback to the user reporting the status of each routine.
%%% VERSION:1 LANGUAGE:ENGLISH %%% MODULE CSBASIC_UserDef ! ! BASIC Table !

Continues on next page

152 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
RECORD basicrec num myint; num myflt; num mydec; string myvarchar; bool mybool; ENDRECORD VAR bool bStopTest:=FALSE; VAR bool bValidInput:=TRUE; VAR num nTestNumber:=0; PERS num ww_nTableExists:=-1; VAR num nTimeOut:=0; PERS num nCurWriteDBNum:=0; VAR bool bCurTimeout:=FALSE; VAR num nMaxTimeout:=15; VAR bool bCreateDB:=TRUE; PERS num tblBasicSts:=1; PERS string tblBasicField{5}:=["MyAutoInt", "MyFloat", "MyDecimal", "MyVarchar", "MyBool"]; PERS string tblBasicType{5}:=["auto", "float unique", "decimal", "varchar", "bool"]; PERS basicrec tblBasicRec:=[1,2,3.4, "A string to write",false]; PROC main() ! Erase the Screen and display it TPShow TP_PROGRAM;
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

TPErase; ! Run Test bStopTest:=FALSE; ! This insures that the program executes until the ! user chooses to exit WHILE bStopTest=FALSE DO TestDB; ENDWHILE ERROR IF ERRNO=ERR_UNLOAD THEN TRYNEXT; ENDIF ENDPROC !

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 153

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
! Create Basic DB PROC CreateCustDB() ! Check first if table exists ww_command:="25,S4CustomDB.tblBasic"; ww_nTableExists:=-1; SCWrite ww_command; WaitTime 1.0; nTimeOut:=0; lWaitCmdComplete: IF ww_nTableExists=-1 AND nTimeOut<30 THEN WaitTime 0.5; nTimeOut:=nTimeOut+1; GOTO lWaitCmdComplete; ENDIF IF ww_nTableExists=0 THEN TPWrite "Creating Custom DB..."; ! If the table is designated as "config", it will contain ! only one record which is updated by each scwrite command. ! A table designated as "log" can contain an unlimited ! number of records. ww_command:="17,S4CustomDB.tblBasic,config,UserDef"; tblBasicSts:=1; SCWrite ww_command; WaitTime 0.3; ! Now we define the database column types. SCWrite tblBasicType; WaitTime 0.3; ! Now we name the database columns. SCWrite tblBasicField; WaitTime 0.3; ! Now we await the return code. WaitUntil tblBasicSts<1\MaxTime:=nMaxTimeout\TimeFlag:=bCurTim eout; IF bCurTimeout THEN ErrWrite "WW Table Create Err", "Could not create Custom DB - Timeout Error: "+NumToStr(tblBasicSts,2); ENDIF IF (tblBasicSts=0) THEN TPWrite "Custom DB successfully created."; bCreateDB:=FALSE; ENDIF
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

154 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
EndCreateDB tblBasicSts; ELSE IF ww_nTableExists = 1 THEN ErrWrite "Create Err: Table exists already!","Write Timeout Err: Table exists already!"; TPWrite "Create Err: Table exists already!"; ELSE ErrWrite "Create Err: Existence check failed","Write Timeout Err: Existence check failed"; TPWrite "Create Err: Existence check failed"; ENDIF ENDIF ENDPROC ! Create Basic DB PROC WriteRecToCustDB() tblBasicSts:=1; bCurTimeout:=FALSE; TPWrite "Writing record to Custom DB..."; SCWrite tblBasicRec; WaitTime 0.3; EndWriteDB tblBasicSts; ENDPROC ! End Create DB PROC EndCreateDB(num nError) IF bCurTimeout THEN
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

ErrWrite "Create Err: Time out - S4CustomDB.tblBasic", "Create Timeout Err: "+NumToStr(nError,2); TPWrite "Timeout Err: Time out - S4CustomDB.tblBasic "+NumToStr(nError,2); ELSE IF (nError<>0) THEN ErrWrite "Create Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic", "Create Failed Err:"+NumToStr(nError,2); TPWrite "Failed Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic "+NumToStr(nError,2); ELSE TPWrite "Create OK: S4CustomDB.tblBasic"; TPWrite " "; ENDIF ENDIF ENDPROC

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 155

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
! End Write DB PROC EndWriteDB(num nError) ! Inc Write Number nCurWriteDBNum:=nCurWriteDBNum+1; ! Check State IF bCurTimeout THEN ErrWrite "Write Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic ("+NumToStr(nCurWriteDBNum,0)+")","Write Timeout Err:"+NumToStr(nError,2); TPWrite "Timeout Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic ("+NumToStr(nCurWriteDBNum,0)+") "+NumToStr(nError,2); ELSE IF (nError<>0) THEN ErrWrite "Write Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic " ,"Write Failed Err:"+NumToStr(nError,2); TPWrite "Failed Err: S4CustomDB.tblBasic ("+NumToStr(nCurWriteDBNum,0)+") "+NumToStr(nError,2); ELSE TPWrite "Write OK: S4CustomDB.tblBasic ("+NumToStr(nCurWriteDBNum,0)+")"; TPWrite " "; ENDIF ENDIF ENDPROC ! Test DB PROC TestDB() ! The user is now required to choose what function to execute. TPReadNum nTestNumber, "Enter Choice: 1=Create table, 2=Write record to table, 3=Exit"; IF nTestNumber < 1 AND nTestNumber > 3 THEN bValidInput:=FALSE; ENDIF WHILE bValidInput=FALSE DO TPReadNum nTestNumber, "Enter Choice: 1=Create table, 2=Write record to table, 3=Exit"; ENDWHILE ! Execute Test According to the user-selected number. ! Erase the Screen and display it. TPShow TP_PROGRAM; TPErase; IF nTestNumber=1 THEN TPWrite "Test : Create Custom DB Table"; CreateCustDB;
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

156 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.6. Custom Database Tables Continued
ENDIF IF nTestNumber=2 THEN TPWrite "Test : Write to Custom DB Table"; WriteRecToCustDB; TPWrite " "; ENDIF IF nTestNumber=3 THEN bStopTest:=TRUE; EXIT; ENDIF ! Error code ERROR TPWrite "Error Execution Test:"; TRYNEXT; ENDPROC ENDMODULE

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

157

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.7. How to Enable WebWare Reports for Custom Databases

4.2.7. How to Enable WebWare Reports for Custom Databases

Procedure Follow the procedure below to only if your SQL database is set up to use Windows Authentication and you wish to create WebWare Server reports from your custom database 1. Start the SQL Enterprise Manager. 2. Select the instance of SQL Server that will host the custom database. 3. Click on the Logins item. The right hand pane shows all available logins. 4. Right click the appropriate user account and select Properties from the pop up menu: Windows 2000 and XP installations: <hostname>\ASPNET Windows 2003 Server installations: NT AUTHORITY\NETWORK SERVICE 5. In the Properties dialog, select the Data Access tab select the custom database that you will use. 6. For each custom database that WebWare Server will access, in the Permit In Database list box, select db_datareader, and then click OK.

158

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.8. Data Events

4.2.8. Data Events

Introduction WebWare implements a Data Event facility that monitors transitions in state (i.e., changes in value) of live data. Based upon conditions you define, the Data Event processing mechanism can be used to increment/decrement Counter values or start/stop Timers.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

159

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor

Introduction The WebWare Data Event Editor allows you to increment WebWare counters or start and stop WebWare timers based on an OPC tags state. OPC tags defined in the WebWare Data Event Editor are different from those defined in the OPC Device List portion of the Device Configuration Utility (DCU). The WebWare Data Event Editor starts or stops a WebWare timer based on the resultant state of a user specified OPC tag. The timer is updated only when the OPC tag is first entered or when the state of the OPC tag changes. The WebWare Event Editor increments or decrements a WebWare counter based on the resultant state of a user specified OPC tag. The counter is updated only when the expression is first entered or when the state of the Boolean expression changes. The WebWare Event Editor also writes an entry into a custom table based on the resultant state of the expression. The custom table entry is updated only when the OPC tag is first entered or when the state of the OPC tag changes. It is possible to use tags from ABB Robots (e.g., I/O signals) as well as OPC Servers that comply with the OPC Data Access 1.0 and/or 2.0 Server standards. A COM interface (IWWEventConfig) is provided for the WebWare Data Event Editor configuration. Add a New Data Event Expression There are three main steps to creating a Data Event expression: The following sections provide the details for each of the steps below. 1. Set up and name the new data event.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2. Set up the Boolean attributes of the data event. 3. Select the counter that will increment as a result of the data event. Set Up the Data Event Follow the steps below to add a new data event. 1. At the Device Configuration Utility, click the Data Events button. 2. The data event pane appears. Click the Add New Data Event button. 3. The Add Data Event dialog appears.

xx0500001671

Enter a name for the new data event and click OK. This name will appear in the Data Event pane in the DCU. Choose a descriptive, unique name.

Continues on next page

160 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor Continued 4. The Data Event dialog appears. Click the Browse button in the OPC Tag part of the dialog.

xx0500001672

5. The Select OPC Server dialog appears (see Select OPC Server Dialog in the Device Configuration Utility help file). Select the OPC server where the tag you will use in your expression is located and click OK. 6. Select the OPC tag from the selected server that you will use in your data event. Click the second Browse button. 7. The Change Tag dialog appears. Navigate through the tree in the left hand pane to the device you will use. Then select from the available tags in the right hand pane and click Change Tag.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001673

8. The Data Event dialog reappears, and the OPC server and tag that you have selected should appear in the two top fields of the dialog. Continue on and create the data event expression.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 161

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor Continued Create the Data Event Expression Follow the steps below to create the Data Event expression that will trigger the counter or timer you will select in the next section. 1. At the Data Event dialog, select TRUE or FALSE from the IF list. 2. Select the action that will occur from the THEN list. If you want a counter action to occur, change the counter increment interval. The default is set to 1. If you choose a timer, select whether the timer will start, stop or restart from the drop down list.

3. You can hard code the name of the timer or counter node by typing the name in the Counter node name field. OR If you wish to use an OPC Tag as the timer or counter node name, select the OPC Tag check box, and click Browse to display the Change Tag dialog. Choose the tag that will serve as the timer or counter.

Continues on next page

162 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor Continued Select the Counter/Timer Node Name Follow the steps below to select the node name for the counter or timer that will be affected as a result of the OPC tag state change. 1.Click on the bottom Browse button. The Browse Data Events dialog appears.

xx0500001674

This dialog shows all of the WebWare Devices in the network. WebWare Devices identify the containers where the counter or timer operation will be stored in the WebWare database. Each counter or timer operation will be stored in the database using the device name you select from the list above as the key. You use the same device name to extract the data in a report. Click on the top left-hand button to view the nodes in Physical view, looking at the actual devices on the network. Click on the top right-hand button to view the logical plant model created in the DCU. 2. Click on the counter/timer node and then click OK. 3. The Data Event dialog will reappear.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 163

4 WebWare Report Module

4.2.9. WebWare Data Event Editor Continued

xx0500001675

Click OK to save the data event and close the Data Event dialog. Edit an Existing Event Expression Follow the steps below to edit an existing Data Event expression. 1. At the Device Configuration Utility (DCU), click the Data Event button. 2. Double-click on the data event you wish to edit.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3. The Data Event dialog appears. Change the data in the appropriate fields and click OK to save the revised expression. 4. Click: the top Browse button to open the Select OPC Server dialog to change the selected server the next Browse button to open the Change Tag dialog to select a different tag to use the IF list box to change the IF expression condition the THEN list box to change the result the Counter/Timer Name field to change the name of the counter or timer the Counter/Timer Node Name Browse button to select a new network counter/timer node

5. When you have completed your changes, click: OK to save the changes and return to the previous screen Cancel to close the dialog and return to the previous screen without making any changes Apply to save the changes and keep the dialog open.

164

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.1. Reports Page

4.3 WebWare Reports 4.3.1. Reports Page

Overview The WebWare Server Reports page allows you to choose data sources from a list of available timers and counters, select a report graphic style, and apply custom labels, headers, footers and explanatory text. Reports are printable, and can be saved as templates for future use. With WebWare Reports, you can: Create new reports Customize report appearance Save reports as templates Customize data generation criteria Display the reports as a part of a web page Add textual information to the report page in the form of HTML snippets Select a report from a list of existing reports and run the report Preview the display elements of the report before running it Select a report from a list of existing reports and edit the report Create Custom Queries that query the WebWare database and return the data to be assembled into a table or chart for display.

User Interface The Reports menu provides three choices: Viewer - A display page that allows you to select a report and run the report. When you click the View Report link (magnifying glass), WebWare Server updates the source data and renders the report on screen. Manager - A display page that lists the reports and report modules currently on the server available for processing. The Manager page allows you to add, delete or edit reports or report modules from the system. Service - A display page that displays service information for robots that have Service Information System (SIS) installed. Report Components A report is assembled from basic parts, or modules. There are three different types of modules available: Chart Module HTML Module Table Module

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Each report is divided into five physical areas or panes. By default, when you add a component to your report, the system places the component in the center pane. You use the arrows to move the component from pane to pane to its desired location.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 165

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.1. Reports Page Continued Report Categories Five standard report categories are available: Query Page The Query page provides a familiar interface for creating and modifying database queries. For more information, see How to Use the Query Builder Page on page 178. The Query Builder is a sub-component of the Chart and Table modules. The Query Builder helps you build a query that is run against the database to return the desired data. Default Reports WebWare Server features default reports that are ready for you to set up and run on robots. The following reports are included: Log Report - This report displays the Device Log. It includes the device name, time, and log text. This report does not do any specific filtering. Timer Report - This report display the current timers being tracked in the WebWare database. It includes the device name, timer name, duration, start time, and end time. Counter Report - This report displays the current counters being tracked in the WebWare database. It includes the device name, counter name, value, and time. SIS Logs Report - This report displays the status of the SIS logs on robots equipped with the SIS feature.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Alarms Counters Events Timers Custom WebWare databases

166

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.2. Report Viewer Page

4.3.2. Report Viewer Page

Introduction The Report Viewer page allows you view reports that you have created.

xx0500001676

Screen Components The table below describes the function of the screen components that appear on the Report Manager page. Component
Reports List Box Magnifying Glass Icon
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function
Lists the reports currently on the server ready to be viewed. Select a report and click the magnifying glass icon to view a report in the list.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

167

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.3. Report Manager Page

4.3.3. Report Manager Page

Introduction The Report Manager page allows you to: Add new reports Edit existing reports Remove existing reports Edit existing modules Remove existing modules

Screen Components The table below describes the function of the screen components that appear on the Report Manager page. Component
Reports List Box + Icon Modules List Box Pencil Icon X icon

Function
Lists the reports currently on the server ready to be run. Click to add a new report or module to the list. Opens the Report Builder page. Lists the modules (report components) on the server that can be assembled to form a report, or opened and edited. Click to open the selected item for editing. Click to delete the selected item from the server. Click to import a report pack onto the WebWare Server host machine.

xx0500001678

Click to export selected reports and modules as a WebWare Server report pack.
xx0500001679

168

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001677

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.4. How to Build a Report

4.3.4. How to Build a Report

Introduction You build reports from modules that you select from the list available to you from WebWare Server. You can create new modules or modify existing modules to collect and display exactly the data you need. Procedure Follow the steps below to create a WebWare report. 1. Click on the Reports menu. The Reports submenu and the Report Viewer Page will appear. 2. Click on the Manager submenu. The Reports Manager page appears. 3. Click: + (plus sign) to create a new report pencil icon to select an existing report from the list for editing on the X to delete any selected report or module

4. The Report Builder page will appear. Choose the first module that will appear in your report. Click on one of the links in the Add: box: Chart - to add a bar chart or line chart HTML - to add a block of HTML code Table - to add a table of selected data sources and values

5. The Definition page for the item you selected will appear. Click on either: New - to create a new module for your report. For more details, see How to Add an HTML Module to Your Report on page 193 and How to Create a Chart/Table Module on page 175. Existing - to add an existing module already on the server to your report. For more information, see How to Add an Existing Module to Your Report on page 174.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until your report is complete. 7. Enter a new report name in the Report Name field. 8. Enter any descriptive comments in the Report Description field. 9. Click on: Save - to save the completed report on the server under the name in the Reports: list box. Cancel - to blank all panes in the Report Builder and return to the Report Manager page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

169

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.5. Report Builder Page

4.3.5. Report Builder Page

Introduction The Report Builder Page provides five panes in which to place various components such as chart modules, labels and explanatory text (HTML code snippets), titles, captions, etc.

xx0500001680

Screen Components The Item Numbers in the table below correspond to the callout numbers in the figure above. No.
1 2 3 4 5 6

Component
Reports Submenu Report Box Description Box Add menu Panes Right Arrow/Left Arrow

Function
Allows access to all Report functions. Displays the default name of the report that you will build. Displays a user-defined description. Click on a link to add a component to your report. Panes are the pre-defined containers that locate modules on your report page. Move the highlighted element listed in the pane to the pane to the right or to the left, depending on the arrow you click on. Move the highlighted element up in the current pane. If the item is the uppermost item in the pane, move the element to the next pane above on the page. Move the highlighted element down in the current pane. If the item is the lowermost item in the pane, move the element to the next pane below on the page. Edit the selected item in a pane. Delete the selected item from the pane. Click to save the report on the server.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Up Arrow

Down Arrow

9 10 11 170

Pencil X Finish

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.5. Report Builder Page Continued No.
12

Component
Cancel

Function
Click to cancel the report build process. Clears all panes on the Report Builder page.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

171

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.6. How to Edit Reports You've Created

4.3.6. How to Edit Reports You've Created

Procedure Follow the steps below to edit an existing report 1. Open the Reports Manager page and highlight the report that you wish to change. 2. Click on the Pencil icon. The Report Builder page will open. 3. All of the selected modules in the report will display in the various report panes. To: Move the modules around, select a module and then click on the appropriate Arrow links until the module appears in the desired pane. Delete a module or modules, select a module to be deleted and then click on the X next to the pane. Edit a module, highlight the desired module and click on the Pencil icon. The appropriate module screens will appear. Add a new module to the report, click on one of the links in the Add box. The appropriate module builder page will appear.

4. When you have finished, click the Finish link at the bottom of the page.

172

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.7. How to Run a Report

4.3.7. How to Run a Report

Procedure Follow the steps below to select and run an existing WebWare Server report 1. Click on the Reports menu. The Reports submenu and the Report Viewer page will appear. A scroll bar will appear if there are more reports available than fit in the list box. 2. Select a report from the list and click the magnifier link. WebWare Server will run the report and display the results on the screen. 3. If you are not satisfied with the results, click the Options link below the title bar on the page. Use the options provided to tailor your results. If no options appear, the report designer removed the [User Defined] criteria from the Query Builder page when he or she designed the report. In order to modify the report, you will have to open the report in the Report Manager page and modify the report as needed. 4. If you make any modifications to the report options, click Refresh to run the report again with the new options.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

173

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.8. How to Add an Existing Module to Your Report

4.3.8. How to Add an Existing Module to Your Report

Procedure Follow the steps below to add a Chart, HTML or Table module to your report 1. From the Report Builder page, click on a module link (Chart, HTML or Table) in the Add: box. 2. When the Chart, HTML or Table Definition page appears, click on Existing. Click Next. 3. Choose the module you want from the list box that appears. 4. Click: Back - to return to the previous page. Finish - add the module to the center pane of the report on the Report Builder page. Cancel - to return to the Report Builder page and blank all panes in the Report Builder.

174

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.9. How to Create a Chart/Table Module

4.3.9. How to Create a Chart/Table Module

Procedure Follow the steps in the table below to create a new chart or table module. Each of the steps below is further explained in topics that are linked from the steps below. 1. Set up the chart/table parameters. For more information, see How to Set Up Chart/Table Parameters on page 176. 2. The Query Builder page appears. Use the Query Constructor to create your database query. For more information, see How to Build a Database Query on page 177. 3. Select the Design-Time and User-Defined Options to use when the chart/table is created. For more information, see How to Use the Query Builder Page on page 178. 4. Click the Options link and apply the formatting that you wish to add to your chart/table. For more information, see How to Apply Design-Time Options on page 188. 5. Preview the data that will be used to create the chart and/or preview the finished chart/ table. 6. Click Finish to save your chart/table, and then click Finish again to save the Report containing the chart/table module you just created.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

175

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.10. How to Set Up Chart/Table Parameters

4.3.10. How to Set Up Chart/Table Parameters

Procedure Follow the steps below to set up the chart name and data source for your new chart. 1. From the Report Builder screen, click on the appropriate link for the module you will add. Available modules are: Chart HTML Table

2. When the Chart/Table Definition page appears, click New. 3. Click Next. The next Definition page appears. 4. Click on the Name field and enter the file name for the module. 5. Click on the Title field and enter the title that will appear on the chart/table when it is displayed on the screen. 6. Click Next. The Data Source Selection list box appears. 7. Select from one of the categories (database tables) to query. You can query from one of the following tables: Counters Timers Log Events OPC Alarms and Events Custom WebWare database tables

8. Click Next. The Query Builder page appears. Complete the database query. For more information, see How to Build a Database Query on page 177.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

176

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.11. How to Build a Database Query

4.3.11. How to Build a Database Query

Procedure Follow the steps below to build a query for the WebWare database 1. Navigate to the Query Builder page. 2. Use the default fields that appear or choose the fields that you wish to use from the Add Field list box. 3. Click on the corresponding X button to remove any unwanted fields from the query. 4. If necessary, edit the Field row names to edit the column headers in the table that will be created. 5. Click on the View list box to choose the view property to be applied to the data. 6. Click on the Sort list box to choose either ascending or descending sort for the values for the selected item. 7. Determine whether the column should appear in the final table. Check the Output check box if you wish the column to appear in the finished column. 8. If the field allows criteria filtering, the Criteria field will appear in the query table. Enter the criteria that you wish to filter the field by. 9. IGo on to apply Design-Time Options to your chart. For more information, see How to Apply Design-Time Options on page 188.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

177

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page

Introduction The Query Builder page allows you to create custom queries against any of the standard report categories (alarms, counters, events, custom WebWare databases or timers). You use queries to build the chart and table modules for your report. The queries that you build can be used to sort the data, perform calculations, or apply criteria to return the desired results. You can then save the Chart or Table modules you create for later use.

xx0500001681

User Interface Components The table below lists the functions of the components on the Query Builder page. The Item Numbers in the table below correspond to the callout numbers in the figure above. No
1 2

Component
Design Pane Field Name

Function
Click to open or close the query constructor. These are the standard fields available to make up your query. To see all available standard fields for the query you are creating, click Add Field. User defined name for the column heading in the generated table. Perform simple operations on a field. For example, you can perform average, count, sum, etc. operations on numerical fields. The only operation that you can perform on string fields is the count operation. Click the down arrow to select a sort option from the list. Available sort options are: Ascending Descending None

3 4

Description View

Sort

Continues on next page

178 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued No
6

Component
Output

Function
Click this check box to output the data. Leave this check box blank to process the data but not display this column of the query in the final results. Used only for timer queries to select the display units (hours, minutes, etc.) for the value field. If the criteria choices are available, click the down arrow to display the list of available choices. If the criteria field is editable, click on the field and enter the criteria to sort the data by. For details, see Refining a Query on page 181. Click on the arrow button and select a field to add to the query. The new field will be added to the right-hand side of the existing query. Use the arrow buttons to move the field to its correct position. Click to open the design-time Options pane. Click to open the Result pane. Move the module to the right or to the left, depending on the arrow you click on. Delete the selected item from the pane. Return to the Query Definition page. You will lose any changes you made to the query. Save the changes you made to the Query and return to the Report Manager page. Discard any changes made to the Query and return to the Report Manager page.

7 8

Format Criteria

Add Field list box

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Options Link Result Link Right Arrow/Left Arrow X Back Finish Cancel

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Basic Concepts The query builder is designed to conceal some of the difficulties with creating SQL queries. In order to prevent you from getting bogged down in the details, some of the power of SQL is cloaked in the WebWare Server Query Builder interface. Because of the compromises that were made, some queries cannot be created via the query builder. To create a readable chart, follow these guidelines: Make the data set fairly small (less than 25 items) Make the first column in the query a text field. Make the next 1 - 5 columns numeric.

One of the most important things to remember about the WebWare Query Builder page is that the sort order applies to all columns in the query, from left to right.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 179

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Building a Query The query builder attempts to create a well-structured query by gathering user input for each field allowed for a typical type of a query. In WebWare's query building tool, the SELECT statement is configured in a two step procedure. First step is to select which type of data to query (counter, timer, etc.). Second step is to add/remove needed fields. There are four standard types of data in the WebWare Database. The WebWare query builder also allows users to query custom databases created by various WebWare controls or RAPID programs. The remainder of this section focuses only on the four standard types of data: Counters Timers Log Events OPC Alarm and Events

The illustration below shows the page where you can select the data source for your query.

xx0500001682

As an example, if you decide to query Counter data, WebWare automatically selects the unique fields available for Counter type data. For counters you select from the following fields: Device Name Device Class Device Type Counter Name Time Value

A query can have duplicate fields. Each of the standard data types has a set of unique fields taken from a defined set of tables. This is different from Microsoft Access, where you build a query by selecting the tables to be included in a query. Continues on next page
180 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Manipulating the Query Columns Use the components listed below to modify the order of the columns in the query. Component
Left Arrow X Right Arrow Add Field list box

Function
Click to move the selected column to the left one column. Delete the column from the query. Click to move the selected column to the left one column. Select a column from this list box to add to your query. The column will be appended to the right side of the query.

Configuring the Data Shown Use the components listed below to configure the output results. Component
Description field View list box Sort list box Output check box Format list box

Function
Enter the column header text here. Choose from available view properties here. Choose either ascending or descending table record sort here. Check to show output in resulting table. Remove check to process data but not display results in final table. If the field contains information that can be formatted in multiple ways (timer data can be displayed in various time units, for example) this list box will appear and be populated with appropriate options. Enter the criteria to filter the results by here.

Criteria text box

Refining a Query After you have selected a query type and the fields that you need in your query, you may have to refine the query to display only the data you are interested in. For example, you may want to create a query that displays values for just one counter, or for errors that occurred during a certain time span. It is simple to create queries that exclude/include certain text strings or a range of numbers. For example, in the Counter Query there is a field named Value. To refine a query to return all counters that contain a value greater than twenty and less than one hundred would be written using this syntax:
>20 AND <100

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The operators that are allowed for number fields are: Operator
= != > < >= <= AND OR

Description
equal to not equal to greater than less than greater than or equal to less than or equal to logic AND logic OR

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 181

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued NOTE: The criteria field in this version of WebWare does not allow for parentheses or order of precedence. Attempting to use parentheses in your query will result in a syntax error. You can apply criteria to filter text fields. For example, to see all timers with a first character of $, enter:
='$*'

The operators that are allowed for text fields are: Operator
= != AND OR *

Description
equal to not equal to logic AND logic OR wildcard character

In WebWare Server, criteria are not case-sensitive. To denote a string, enclose the string text inside quote ( ) or quotation marks ( " " ). Boolean Criteria The Report builder interface allows selection of Boolean fields for custom tables. You can filter all True values or all False values. When filtering a selection for all true values, the system looks for values equal to True or 1. The True value is not case sensitive. When filtering a selection for all false values, the system looks for values equal to False or 0. The False value is not case sensitive. When the Criteria field is used, NULL values in Boolean fields are dropped from the result set. When no Criteria is specified in the criteria field, NULL values are displayed in the result set. If a Boolean field is NULL the value appears as a blank cell in the table.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The Criteria field for Boolean values supports OR and AND operations. For Boolean values, the View field allows two selections: COUNT None

When View Field is set to COUNT the Boolean field is changed to a number and displays the number of records that match.When View Field is set to None the value of the Boolean field is displayed as True or False. Boolean values may be sorted, according to the following values: Device Name Criteria Use this criteria to: Allow the user to select the device or devices that the report will run against Allow the report to be run only against pre-selected devices chosen by the report designer when the report is created. Continues on next page
182 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

None Ascending - all false values appear first, in alphabetical order Descending - all true values appear first, in alphabetical order

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued To allow the user to define the device(s) that the report can run against, make sure the [User Defined] entry appears in the Criteria field. You can refine this criteria using the string operators as shown in Refining a Query on page 181. Timers In WebWare Server, there are six system timers: Timer
$CONNECT $ONLINE $CYCLE $DISCONNECT $OFFLINE $NOTINCYCLE

Timer State Definition

Data Collector communicating with WebWare Server. Data Collector communicating with device. Data Collector communicating with device and device is executing active program. Inverse of $CONNECT. Data Collector is not communicating with WebWare Server. Inverse of $ONLINE. Data Collector is not communicating with device. Inverse of $CYCLE. Data Collector is communicating with device, and device is not actively executing a program.

Timers have the following relationships: $CYCLE Value + $NOTINCYCLE Value = $ONLINE value. $CONNECT Value + $DISCONNECT Value = total query time span, if the device alias was defined during the entire query time span. If the $OFFLINE timer is running, neither the $CYCLE nor the $NOTINCYCLE timers can run. IMPORTANT: The $CYCLE timer does NOT measure how long a robot takes to complete one cycle! $CYCLE is how long the robot is in Auto Mode, Motors On, and the program is running.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 183

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Partial Time Segments You can choose to include or exclude partial time segments on the Options pane of the Query builder page, as shown in the illustration below.

xx0500001683

The following sections describe how WebWare Server handles partial time segments when measuring timer cycles. Partial Time Segments ON When the query runs, the timer values that fall between the User-defined start and end times will be included in the results. In the illustration, any of the black lines will be included in the results, while the dotted lines will be excluded.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.
xx0500001684

Continues on next page

184 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Partial Time Segments OFF When the query runs, only those timer values that fall between the User-defined start and end times will be included in the results. In the illustration, any of the black lines will be included in the results, while the dotted lines will be excluded.

xx0500001685

Timer Value Field The Value field supports the following View choices:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Sum - The total time within the defined Time Range/Interval in which a timer is on Avg -The average time of timer cycles within the defined Time Range/Interval in which a timer is on Min -The minimum duration of all timer cycles within the defined Time Range/ Interval Max - The maximum duration of all timer cycles within the defined Time Range/ Interval StdDev - The standard deviation of all timer cycles within the defined Time Range/ Interval

The Value field supports the following Format choices: Hours Minutes Seconds Percent

Timer query results are rounded down to three significant digits (xx.x%, 0.0xxx hours, 230 seconds, 2.23 minutes, etc.)

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 185

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Refining Chart Displays The best way to refine your charts is to use the Preview Chart button on the Query Builder page. You can experiment with various settings for chart style and data display, and quickly determine which set of parameters will yield acceptable results. In most cases, and especially when comparing data between robots, you will use the Series and Category by ID Column data format. As an example, lets assume that you want to compare the various timer values for three robots in your system, to see what percentage of the time each is connected, offline, etc. for the period between February 1 and April 1. Create a chart with the following settings: Query Builder Settings:
Field Name Description View Sort Output Format Criteria User Defined Device Name Device Name None None X Timer Name Timer Name None None X Value Value None None X Percent

Option Settings:
Time Range: Specified radio button selected Start Time End Time 00:00 Sunday February 1 23:59 Thursday April 15

Chart Options:
Title Legend Position Data Format Chart Type Category Label Value Label Timer Chart Top Series ID and Category ID in Columns Column Category Label Value Label
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

186 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.12. How to Use the Query Builder Page Continued Select the three robots that you wish to compare from the device tree and then click Preview Chart. The end result will look similar to the illustration below:

xx0500001686

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

187

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.13. How to Apply Design-Time Options

4.3.13. How to Apply Design-Time Options

Overview Design-time Options are settings that you use to customize the appearance of your chart or table. You choose these settings when you are creating (designing) your report. User defined options allow you to manipulate report parameters at report runtime. There are two User Defined options: Device Selection - select a device(s) from WebWare Server device tree at report runtime Time Frame - a calendar control appears at run time to allow the user to select the time range that should be used to select data.

If you specify a time range setting for your report at design time, the User Defined time range option will be disabled, and the time range that you specified will be used every time you run that report. The same concept holds true for the Criteria fields in the query constructor. For example, if you change the [User Defined] criteria entry in the Device Name column of the query constructor, every time the report is run, it will use only data from the device with the name you specified to generate the report. Procedure Follow the steps below to set up the Design-Time options for your chart or table. 1. Set up the chart or table parameters. 2. Build and refine your query. 3. Click the Options link to open the Options pane.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. Select the Maximum number of rows checkbox and enter the number of rows you wish to see per page of results in the field on the right. 5. Select the time range you wish to apply to your query: User Defined - set up your module so that WebWare Server will display calendar controls to allow the user to select the time criteria used in the query when he or she runs the report. Named - apply a pre-configured range: Today - From 12 a.m. (midnight) to now Past 24 Hours - From now to 24 hours ago at this time. Yesterday - From 12 a.m. (midnight) the day before yesterday until midnight last night. Last Week - From 12 a.m. (midnight) on Sunday of the previous week to midnight of this past Sunday. This Week - From 12 a.m. (midnight) Sunday to Now. Last Seven Days This Month - From 12 a.m. on the first day of this month to now. Last Month - From midnight of the 1st of last month to midnight of the 1st of the current month.

Continues on next page

188 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.13. How to Apply Design-Time Options Continued Specified - activate the time fields and calendar controls. Enter the start and end times in the fields provided. Click the calendar button to the right to open the calendar controls and select the start and end dates. 6. Continue on to either: Apply User-Defined Options to your query Preview the data used in your query Apply Table or Chart Options Preview the completed chart or table

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

189

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.14. How to Apply Chart Options

4.3.14. How to Apply Chart Options

Procedure After you have set up your chart database query and time range parameters, you can apply options to customize how the chart will appear on the report at run-time. Follow the steps below to select display options and check the data you use in your query as well as preview the finished module. 1. Apply display options. Click the Options link in the Results pane. A list of display options will appear. 2. Select the appropriate options for your module. Title - Enter the text that will appear in the chart title block. Caption - Enter the text that will appear under the chart. Legend Position - Your finished chart will display a legend. Select from the predefined positions to locate the legend at run time. Data Format - Choose: Series in Columns, Series in Rows, Series ID and Category ID in Columns Chart Type - Choose: Bar, Line, Column, Stacked Column, Percent Stacked Column Category Label - Labels the X-Axis Value Label - Labels the Y Axis

3. Click either: Preview Data - to display a pop-up window containing the data returned by the query you have created Preview Chart - to display the finished module in a pop-up window

190

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. Click Finish to save the module. The module will appear in the Report Manager page Modules list box. Click Finish a second time to save the report that you created the module in.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.15. How to Apply Table Options

4.3.15. How to Apply Table Options

Procedure After you have set up your table database query and time range parameters, you can apply options to customize how the table will appear on the report at run-time. Follow the steps below to select display options and check the data you use in your query as well as preview the finished module. 1. Apply display options. Click the Options link in the Results pane. A list of display options will appear. 2. Select the appropriate options for your module. Title - Enter the text that will appear in the table title block. Display Paging Controls - Display links to additional pages of data. This control works with the Rows Per Page control to break up large tables to speed display time. Rows Per Page field - Enter the number of rows to display in the table per page. Display Download Controls check box - Select this control to display a link at the bottom of the table that will export the table as file that can be opened in Microsoft Excel.

3. Click either: Preview Data - to display a pop-up window containing the data returned by the query you have created Preview Table - to display the finished module in a pop-up window

4. Click Finish to save the module. The module will appear in the Report Manager page Modules list box. Click Finish a second time to save the report that you created the module in.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

191

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.16. HTML Module Overview

4.3.16. HTML Module Overview

Introduction You use the HTML Module function to create: Captions Headings Explanatory Paragraphs Notes

HTML modules can be placed anywhere on the report you create. You save modules at the server along with tables and charts that you have created.

192

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.17. How to Add an HTML Module to Your Report

4.3.17. How to Add an HTML Module to Your Report

Procedure Follow the steps in the table below to create a new HTML Module that will be available to any report that you create 1. Start a new report. For more details, see How to Build a Report on page 169. 2. From the Report Builder screen, click on the HTML link. 3. When the HTML Definition page appears, click on New. 4. Click on Next. 5. The next HTML Definition page appears.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001687

Click on the HTML Snippet Name field and enter a title for the Snippet. 6. Click on the Content field and enter the HTML code that will make up the snippet. 7. Click the Preview button to display the snippet as it will appear on your report. 8. Click on: Back - to go back to the previous page (for example, you change your mind and decide to use an existing module instead of creating a new one). You will lose any changes you have made in the current page. Finish- to save the completed module on the server under the name that you assigned in the Html Snippet Name field. Cancel - return to the Report Builder page and blank all panes in the Report Builder.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

193

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.18. How to Export a Table to Excel

4.3.18. How to Export a Table to Excel

Procedure Follow the steps below to set up a table module so that you can export the values to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. 1. Create a table module. 2. On the query builder page, click the Table Options link. The Table Options pane opens. 3. Select: Display paging controls to display the links to access additional pages (if needed) that appears at the bottom right of the table you create. Enter the number of rows per page in the Rows per page field. Display download controls to display the Export to Excel link on the page when the table is generated.

4. Click Finish to save the table. 5. Click Finish to save the report. 6. Open the report viewer and select the report you just created. 7. Click the magnifier link to run the report. In our example the report runs, generating a table as shown. Notice that the Export to Excel link in the lower right hand corner of the report. 8. Click the Export to Excel link. The File Download dialog will appear. 9. Click: Open, to open the file in Microsoft Excel, (if Excel is installed on the local machine) Save to save the file as an Excel file to the path and name you select. The file will have a default extension of .xls.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

194

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.19. How to Export Reports

4.3.19. How to Export Reports

Procedure Follow the steps below to export selected reports in a package that can be stored in a known location during a software upgrade or transferred to another WebWare Server host machine. 1. Navigate to the Report Manager Page. 2. Select the reports that you wish to export from the Reports list box. Use Shift+Click or Ctrl+Click to select multiple reports. WebWare Server will automatically assemble the reports and the component modules into a compressed data file for transport. 3. Click the Export link. The File Download dialog will appear. 4. Click: Open, to open the file in the file compression package such as WinZip (if it is installed on the local machine) Save to save the file to the path and name you select. The file will have a default extension of .pak

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

195

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.20. How to Import Reports

4.3.20. How to Import Reports

Procedure Follow the steps below to import a report pack and add its contents to your WebWare Server installation. 1. Navigate to the Report Manager Page. 2. Click the Import link. The Report Import Web Page Dialog appears. 3. Click Browse and navigate to the report pack. 4. Select the report pack and click Open. The path to the report pack appears in the Browse field of the Report Import Web Page Dialog. 5. Click Import. WebWare Server will import the file, unpack it and place the reports and their components in the proper locations on your Webware Server host machine. The imported reports and modules will appear in the Report Manager page.

196

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.21. How to Enable Log Filtering

4.3.21. How to Enable Log Filtering

Introduction The size of the WebWare database (devicelog.mdf) may increase at a rapid rate as a result of the database automatically storing all log event messages from the robot. The number of messages generated by the robot can be very large. For example, if a robot program generates corner path errors, the WebWare database will log all of those errors. The WebWare database will store a table entry for each corner path error generated by the robot, and thus the database size will increase rapidly. Procedure The following procedure requires that you edit the registry settings. NOTE: It is recommended that you make a backup of the registry before making any changes. 1. From the Windows Start menu, click Run... 2. In the Open field, type regedit. Click OK. 3. The Registry Editor appears. Browse to the following path:
My Computer\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ABB Automation\Installed Products\WebWare Server

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001688

4. Right-click on the content pane of the Registry Editor. From the pop-up menu, select New, and then click String Value.

xx0500001689

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 197

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.21. How to Enable Log Filtering Continued 5. Change the new value name to LogFilters. Press Enter. 6. Right-click on the LogFilters key, select Modify from the pop-up menu. 7. The Edit String dialog appears. In the Value Data field, type the number for the event log that you wish to filter. For example, to filter all robot corner path errors, you would enter 50024 in the Value Data field. NOTE: To filter multiple event logs, enter all of the event log numbers that you wish to filter out into the Value Data field, separated by any normal separator character (comma, semi-colon, etc.).

xx0500001690

8. Click OK. The string values should now appear in the Data column in the Device Log, next to the new key. 9. You may have to restart WWService.exe for the changes to take effect.

198

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.22. Service Page

4.3.22. Service Page

Introduction The Service Information System (SIS) function tracks robot operations and can be set up to display alert messages and warnings based on operator-defined levels. WebWare Server monitors robots connected to the WebWare network for SIS connect/ disconnect changes. WebWare Server displays SIS data in two locations: SIS View WebWare Server provides a SIS view that displays the Service Information System (SIS) data for all connected SIS-equipped robots. This is a handy way of getting an overview of the service requirements of the connected SIS-capable robots on the network. The WebWare Server web site displays a table showing: The time remaining before service is required (number of hours with either green or yellow table cell background). Components that are past due scheduled service (red background). Components that have had no service intervals set (??). The SIS view on the Service Page. The pre-defined SIS report that displays historical SIS data.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001691

To display the SIS view, you select a Data Collector and view the SIS status for all robots connected to that Data Collector.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 199

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.22. Service Page Continued Screen Components The following details the function of each field on the SIS view of the WebWare Server Service page.

xx0500001692

The Status field is always visible. If the SIS status is Connected or SIS Not installed the SIS variable fields are not visible. If the SIS status is Not Connected the SIS variable fields are not visible. If the SIS values displays ??, the variable is unavailable or cannot be calculated. For example, if the robot is not in Auto Mode, the warning levels, calendar and production intervals cannot be read from the robot.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Component
Status Field

Function
Shows the status of the highlighted robot connection and SIS status. Valid values are: Not Connected SIS Installed SIS Not Installed

Calendar Readings: Component

Last Service Elapsed Time Next Service Remaining Time Warning Level

Function
Date when service was last performed on the robot. Elapsed time since service was last performed on the robot. Date when next service is scheduled. Shows the remaining time until the next scheduled service. Show the warning level percentage. When the service warning level is reached, the system generates a service log.

Production Readings Component

Production Time/Service Level

Function
Display the service level time in hours.

Continues on next page

200 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.22. Service Page Continued Component
Production Time/Total Run Time Product Time/Elapsed Time Product Time/Remaining Time Production Time/Warning Level

Function
Displayed in hours and minutes and shall show the motors on total run time since the last system start. Displayed in hours and minutes and shall show the motors on run time since last service. Displayed in hours and minutes and shall show the remaining time until next scheduled service. Displayed in hours and minutes and shall also show the warning level percentage.

Gearbox Time Component

Warning Level Gearbox Time table

Function
Shows the warning level percentage. Shows the following information for the robot joints: Joint number, consumed time (in percent), elapsed time and remaining time in hours. Service Level Exceeded message for any joints that have surpassed their service interval.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

201

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.23. How to configure Service Information System (SIS) for IRC5

4.3.23. How to configure Service Information System (SIS) for IRC5

Introduction To make SIS data work with IRC5 you must manually configure WebWare Server. Procedure Follow the steps below to configure the SIS data. 1. Add a variable of type bool in the controller. Make it persistant and name it bSISInstalled. Set the value to TRUE. 2. Add bSISInstalled in the alias profile under Variable subscriptions. Also add the numeric (num) variables in the list below.
sisRestartDate sisCalendarT sisTotRunT sisRunT sisCalSrvTime sisProdSrvTime sisCalWarnLvl sisGearWarnLvl sisProdWarnLvl sisL10h_1 sisL10h_Time_1 sisL10h_2 sisL10h_Time_2 sisL10h_3 sisL10h_Time_3 sisL10h_4 sisL10h_Time_4 sisL10h_5 sisL10h_Time_5 sisL10h_6 sisL10h_Time_6
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

202

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.24. Service Information System (SIS) Logs Report

4.3.24. Service Information System (SIS) Logs Report

Introduction You can run a historical report that generates tables that list SIS events from selected robots. The SIS Logs Report provides a summary of work to be done for all robots that are in need of service, or a list of all robots for which a service limit has been exceeded. Installing the SIS Logs Report Follow the steps below to install the SIS Reports on your WebWare Server host computer. 1. Open Windows Explorer and browse to http://[ServerName]/WebWare/update.aspx. 2. The WebWare Report Files Update web page will appear. Click Update. 3. Browse to your WebWare Server Report Viewer page. The SIS Logs Report will now appear in the list of reports on your system. SIS Logs Report Screen Components You access the SIS Report from the Report Viewer page or the Report Manager page of the web site. The SIS report displays all the SIS logs. Typically you receive a log indicating service is due in X days and then another log when service interval is exceeded. The upper table consists only of exceeded messages. The lower table contains exceeded and warning logs. In either case, the service may have already been performed. There is no reset or service has been performed log.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001693

Remember, the Log Number is actually the log event, or type of event that is being recorded. Log No
106 107 108 109 110 111

Robot Area
Service Message: Service is due! <n> calendar days since last service Service Message: Service is due! <n> calendar days to next service due Service Message: Service is due! <n> operational hours since last service Service Message: Service is due! <n> operational hours to next service due Service Message: Gearbox <n> requires service Service Message: X% of the service interval for gearbox <n>. has expired

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

203

4 WebWare Report Module

4.3.24. Service Information System (SIS) Logs Report

204

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.1. Overview

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.1. Overview
What Youll Learn in This Section The WebWare Backup module provides powerful file management and backup tools. You can automatically backup the robot programs in your plant according to a schedule that you can create. You can move files around your plant network using the WebWare Server Backup Restore page. You can also safeguard your information by combining Webware with Microsoft Visual SourceSafe for version control and archiving.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

205

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.1. Network File System (NFS) Overview

5.2 ABB WebWare Server & ABB Network File System 5.2.1. Network File System (NFS) Overview
Introduction The ABB Network File System (NFS) option was originally designed to provide an alternative method for restoring files to a robot controller via a TPU. The other alternatives that existed previously were: use the TPU to retrieve files from remote locations manually perform backup and restore functions from the robot TPU

WebWare, in combination with NFS, provides powerful configuration options for setting up and moving data around the WebWare network. Use the WebWare with the NFS option to: copy files from one robot to another provide more drive space for large programs provide faster backup speeds access backup archives from the TPU using the standard restore function

The View from 3rd Party NFS Servers Using a third-party NFS server, you would have to use the server software to configure the network. You would create the robot file system mounts and all of the information as shown in the table below. Mount List IDs
name 1 name n

Disk Directory
c:\directory path c:\directory path

Access Rights
All Read Only

Users
Username/Password 1 Username/Password n
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Each of the named IDs in the table above require configuration of a separate mount point. As you can see, this is much like setting up any standard network system. You create the users, give them rights, and establish their working directories. InterLink and NFS With InterLink, you must create an alias for each robot that will move files around the system. After that, everything else happens automatically: You create a robot alias. The system automatically creates a mount name using /. The system then automatically assigns a disk directory based on the alias name. The system actually identifies the alias to the system using the robots IP address. The system automatically assigns access rights to the alias.

All of the above appears to be very complicated, but remember - all you do is to configure a robot alias and activate NFS. The WebWare system takes care of the rest. The advantages of this approach are: It is much easier and faster to configure an InterLink based NFS network. You really create only one mount point - each robot gets its own disk space, which appears identically to all robots in the system. Continues on next page
206 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.1. Network File System (NFS) Overview Continued Where is the Data Stored? In an NFS system, the data may be: stored remotely on the WebWare Server host computer stored remotely in a Visual SourceSafe project

The directories that are created will appear differently, depending on where you are viewing them from: From the robot (TPU), the directory structure will appear as shown below:
/ /Backup /User Directory

These directories appear to be local to the robot. From the WebWare client view:
Backup:/ Backup:/Backup Backup:/User Directory

The path at the physical location, with no Visual SourceSafe:

c:\FileManagerData\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name c:\FileManagerData\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name\Backup c:\FileManagerData\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name\User Directory

The path at the physical location with Visual SourceSafe installed and configured:
c:\FileManagerData\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name $\WebWare\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name\Backup c:\FileManagerData\Data Collector Name\Robot Alias Name\User Directory
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Notice that the only real difference is the path to the backup data, which is stored in SourceSafe as a project. This path is configured using the WebWare client SourceSafe Configuration page, in the Admin menu. For complete details on managing WebWare data with Visual SourceSafe, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255. Deleting Files Suppose, in your NFS system, you access the local file structure using Windows Explorer, and you delete a file. From any vantage point in the system, (TPU, WebWare Client) you will not see any immediate change, since file updates are not automatic. The file directory views are only updated when: the robot or Data Collector is re-started the contents are modified by the WebWare client the contents are modified by an NFS client a WebWare backup is executed.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 207

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.1. Network File System (NFS) Overview Continued File Protection Using a third-party NFS server, you could make all files in the system read-only to protect them. This protection is supported by all clients in the system.In a WebWare NFS network, the NFS option can reset read/write permissions. The WebWare client cannot. In a WebWare network using NFS and Visual SourceSafe, the SourceSafe files are always read-only, Copying Files Between Robots It is not possible to copy files between robots using the NFS option alone. Instead, use the WebWare client to copy files from robot backup directories stored on a WebWare Server to another robot local disk or to another robot backup directory.

208

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.2. How to Configure NFS at the Device Configuration Utility

5.2.2. How to Configure NFS at the Device Configuration Utility

Procedure Follow the steps below to enable NFS for the selected robot alias in InterLink. 1. From the Tools menu, select Configure NFS.

xx0500001694

2. The NFS Configuration dialog appears. Select Enable NFS.

xx0500001695

3. Click OK. The message shown in the previous figure indicating that the computer must be rebooted will appear. 4. Reboot the computer. The NFS function is now enabled in InterLink. 5. If necessary, restart DCU and define an alias for the robot. IMPORTANT: You must define an alias for the robot before NFS will work. No special profile settings are required for that alias. If no alias is defined, or if NFS is disabled, all NFS mounts are rejected and an error is reported at the robot controller.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

209

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.3. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an S4 Robot

5.2.3. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an S4 Robot

Prerequisites The following steps assume that you have: Installed the Ethernet Services NFS option on the robot(s). Configured the Physical Channel that you will use at the robot teach pendant (see your robot documentation for complete details). Configured the Transmission Protocol that you will use at the robot teach pendant (see your robot documentation for complete details).

Procedure Follow the steps below to configure the robot as a Network File System (NFS) client so that the robot can backup files via NFS. 1. From the Teach Pendant Main screen, press the Other Windows key. 2. From the Other Windows menu, select System Parameters and press the Enter key. 3. The System Parameters screen appears. Highlight Communications and press the Enter key. 4. The list of available physical channels appears. Press the Types menu button. 5. Highlight Application Protocols and press the Enter key. 6. A list of configured communication protocols is displayed. If an entry for NFS exists, then highlight the entry and press the Enter key. Go on to step 12. If no entry for NFS exists, Go on to step 7.

7. Press the Add function key. The protocol configuration screen appears.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

8. Select the Name parameter and press the Enter key. 9. The S4c keyboard appears. Enter the text string for the new name (e.g. NFS) and press the OK function key. 10. Select the Type parameter and press the Enter key. A list of available protocols is displayed. NOTE: If NFS is not displayed in the list the robot software option is not installed and therefore cannot be used. 11. Select NFS and press the OK function key. 12. Select Trans. Prot. and press the Enter key. A list of available protocols appears. Select the protocol that you will use, e.g. TCP/IP, press OK. 13. Highlight Server IP Addr (S4C+) or Server Address (S4C) and press the Enter key. 14. The S4c keyboard appears. Enter the text string for the Data Collector IP address e.g.130.110.69.222 and press OK. NOTE: This address must be a fixed IP Address! 15. Highlight Local Path, and then press the Enter key. The S4c keyboard will appear. Enter a meaningful name for the Local Path (pc: for example), the name that will be used to identify the mount on the robot, and then press the OK key.

Continues on next page

210 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.3. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an S4 Robot Continued 16. Highlight Server Path, and then press the Enter key. The S4c keyboard will be displayed. Enter a meaningful name for the Server Path, the name that will be used to identify the robot on the NFS device, and then press the OK key. The path must include the forward slash (/). NOTE: For WebWare Server you must set the path to "/" (without the server path), which is the root of the backup directory. 17. Highlight User ID, and then press the Enter button. Select the number of the user ID that you will use, e.g. 0 and press the OK key. 18. Highlight Group ID, and then press the Enter button. Select the number of the user ID that you will use, e.g. 0 and press the OK key. 19. Highlight Show On Teach Pendant, then press Yes or No depending on whether the connection is displayed on the teach pendant as a file device. 20. Press the OK key to close the application protocol configuration window. You will be prompted to restart the robot because the parameters have changed. Warm boot the robot at this time. 21. After the controller restarts, verify that the robot has successfully mounted the NFS device.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

211

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.4. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an IRC5 Robot

5.2.4. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an IRC5 Robot

Prerequisites The following steps assume that you have: Installed the Ethernet Services NFS option on the robot(s). Configured the Physical Channel that you will use at the robot teach pendant (see your robot documentation for complete details). Configured the Transmission Protocol that you will use at the robot teach pendant (see your robot documentation for complete details).

Procedure Follow the steps below to configure the robot as a Network File System (NFS) client so that the robot can backup files via NFS. 1. Open RobotStudio Online. 2. Open preferred robot view or create a new. 3. In the Robot View Explorer, select robot controller and expand the robot controller tree by clicking the plus sign. 4. The System Parameters appears. Expand the Configuration tree by clicking the plus sign. 5. Highlight Communication. 6. From the Controller menu select Configuration > Configuration Editor... The Configuration Editor appears. 7. From the Type name window, select Application Protocol. 8. A list of configured communication protocols is displayed. If an entry for NFS exists, double click the entry and go on to step 12.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

If no entry for NFS exists, go on to step 9.

9. Right click Application Protocol and select Add Application Protocol. NOTE: If Add Application Protocol is not selectable; on the Controller menu, select Request Write Access. 10. The Edit Application protocol(s) dialog appears. Highlight the Name parameter and enter a new name in the Value box (e.g. "NFS"). 11. Highlight the Type parameter and select NFS from the drop-down list in the Value box. NOTE: If NFS is not displayed in the list the robot software option is not installed and therefore cannot be used. 12. Highlight the Transmission protocol. From the Value box drop-down list, select the protocol that you will use, e.g. "TCP/IP". 13. Highlight Server address and enter the text string for the Data Collector IP address e.g.130.110.69.222. NOTE: This address must be a fixed IP Address! 14. Highlight Local Path. Enter a meaningful name for the Local Path (pc: is default), the name that will be used to identify the mount on the robot.

Continues on next page

212 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.4. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an IRC5 Robot Continued 15. Highlight Server Path. Enter a meaningful name for the Server Path, the name that will be used to identify the robot on the NFS device. The path must include the forward slash (/). NOTE: For WebWare Server you must set the path to "/" (without the server path), which is the root of the backup directory. 16. Click OK to close the Edit Application protocol(s) dialog. NOTE: The changes of the parameters will not take place until the controller is warm-restarted. 17. After the controller restarts, verify that the robot has successfully mounted the NFS device.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

213

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.5. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Teach Pendant

5.2.5. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Teach Pendant
Introduction It is possible to restore Webware backups from an NFS mount using the robot teach/flex pendant, if NFS is enabled, and Microsoft Visual SourceSafe is disabled. It is also possible to restore robot backups from an NFS mount that were initiated from the robot teach/flex pendant. It is not possible to restore Webware backups with Microsoft Visual SourceSafe enabled or if NFS is disabled as the files are invisible to the robot controller. In this case the restore function available in the WebWare RAPID module (WEBWARE.SYS) must be used. In this case, use the RAPID command, WWRestore. To enable the WWRestore procedure, a program needs to be written that restores named files or folders to a specified controller location (on the ramdisk). For more information, see WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure on page 299. Using the NFS restore command from the robot teach/flex pendant, all files in a backup are loaded into controller memory using a single command. Procedure Follow the steps below to restore a backup file set to a controller using the NFS Restore command at the robot TPU. 1. From the robot teach pendant, press the Other Windows button. 2. Highlight the Service menu and press the button. 3. Select File and then Restore from the teach pendant menu. The restore screen will appear.

xx0500001696

Continues on next page

214 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.5. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Teach Pendant Continued 4. Press the button. The following teach pendant screen will appear.

xx0500001697

Press the Unit button until the Massmemory Unit is: PC:. The teach pendant will display a list of directories available on the NFS mount. NOTE: All the NFS backups initiated from WebWare Server will be located under the backup directory on the NFS mount. The backup folder will contain subfolders in the following format: DD-MM-YYYY HH_MM. 5. Select a directory to restore from and press the OK button. 6. Press the OK button at the following teach pendant screen to initiate the restore.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001698

7. The robot will begin restoring files beginning with the system parameters. Once the system parameters are restored the robot will perform a warm start and continuing restoring the program and any system or program modules. 8. Upon completion of the restore verify that all files have successfully restored.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

215

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.6. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Flex Pendant

5.2.6. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Flex Pendant
Introduction It is possible to restore Webware backups from an NFS mount using the robot teach/flex pendant, if NFS is enabled, and Microsoft Visual SourceSafe is disabled. It is also possible to restore robot backups from an NFS mount that were initiated from the robot teach/flex pendant. It is not possible to restore Webware backups with Microsoft Visual SourceSafe enabled or if NFS is disabled as the files are invisible to the robot controller. In this case the restore function available in the WebWare RAPID module (WEBWARE.SYS) must be used. In this case, use the RAPID command, WWRestore. To enable the WWRestore procedure, a program needs to be written that restores named files or folders to a specified controller location (on the ramdisk). For more information, see WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure on page 299. Using the NFS restore command from the robot teach/flex pendant, all files in a backup are loaded into controller memory using a single command. Procedure Follow the steps below to restore a backup file set to a controller using the NFS Restore command at the robot flex pendant. 1. From the robot flex pendant press the ABB logo. 2. The main menu appears. Select Backup and Restore. 3. The Backup and Restore screen appears. Select Restore System...

xx0600003104

Continues on next page

216 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.6. How to Restore Files from an NFS Mount Using the Robot Flex Pendant Continued 4. The Restore System screen appears. Press the "..." browse button.

xx0600003105

5. The Select Folder screen appears. Press the browse-up-icon until the Massmemory Units are displayed (e.g. Hard Drive etc.). NOTE: All the NFS backups initiated from WebWare Server will be located under the backup directory on the NFS mount. The backup folder will contain subfolders in the following format: Backup_ YYYY MM_DD. 6. Press PC:. The flex pendant will display a list of directories available on the NFS mount. 7. Select a directory to restore from and press OK. 8. The robot will begin restoring files beginning with the system parameters. Once the system parameters are restored the robot will perform a warm start and continuing restoring the program and any system or program modules. 9. Upon completion of the restore verify that all files have successfully restored.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

217

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.2.7. File Management Methods

5.2.7. File Management Methods

Introduction The table below lists all of the available methods that you can use to manage data files on your network. For example, in the table below, you can use the WebWare SDK Helper Control to manage files located in the Robot Ramdisk, the local file system or the robot floppy. To manage backup files, use the WebWare client or ABB NFS client on the robot. For complete details, see the documents or help files for the items shown in the first column. Source Document
WebWare SDK Helper Control WebWare SDK File Manager Control WebWare Client web site ABB NFS Client on robot

Robot Ramdisk
X X

Local File System

X X X

Backup Files

Robot Floppy
X X

X X

File Maintenance It is always good policy to check network hard disk file space. WebWare Server performance is impacted significantly by the number of files on network drives. On Local File Systems - systems without Visual SourceSafe installed, you are required to manually delete old or duplicate files. Each WebWare backup that is run creates new data folders, and therefore the number of files and folders on network drives will increase over time. On systems with Visual SourceSafe installed, only files that change are automatically archived. If you delete or rename robots, however, you may need to delete files from Visual SourceSafe archives. Use the Visual SourceSafe client to manage these types of tasks.

218

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction

5.3 WebWare Backup 5.3.1. Introduction

Purpose WebWare Backup allows you to: Configure the backup process - Use the Device Configuration Utility to set up each robot to backup only those files that are selected. For example, backup only the selected program files and modules, or backup the entire set of robot programs and data. Backup one robot, all robots or a group of robots on the WebWare network, all at one time. Schedule backups on a regular basis or backup files on demand. Backup using a variety of options and data path and network configurations. Display backup results. Restore backup sets to the robot controller.

WebWare Server Backup

WebWare Server backup represent the simplest form of backup available through the WebWare family. All data is transferred within the WebWare network via InterLink, and the backup data is archived on WebWare Server. All backup requests are initiated from WebWare Server, and depending on network topology, may be forwarded directly to subordinate robots or directed to WebWare Data Collectors, which act as slaves to the server and masters to subordinate robots. Robots write backup information from their Ramdisk or Flashdisk to WebWare Server or to a Data Collector, and the information is stored in the File Manager portion of WebWare Server. WebWare Server Restore WebWare Restore enables quick and efficient restore capabilities to robot installations. Complete backup sets or single files can be restored to the robot controllers ramdisk using the WebWare Client or the TechPendant/FlexPendant. The restore function can be protected by a password to prevent unauthorized use. WebWare Server NFS Backup NFS backups offer performance improvements to WebWare Server, as the burden of backup data transfers is removed from the WebWare components, e.g. InterLink, and managed directly by individual client devices. S4C and later robot controllers are capable of mounting NFS drives, and the controller writes its backup data directly to the NFS device. NFS backups are enabled through the WebWare Server web site, and are requested by WebWare Server just like a standard backup. NFS backup clients are identi-fied by their profile in InterLink, and NFS backup requests are initiated by WebWare Server or a Data Collector when the server requests a backup. Instead of passing through the robot mass storage device, to a Data Collector, to the WebWare Server File Manager, the data is written directly to the NFS device.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 219

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued Microsoft Visual SourceSafe and WebWare Backup With Microsoft Visual SourceSafe installed to a WebWare Server host computer, or another system on the network, the WebWare Server host computer acts as a temporary storage location where files are queued while they are being checked into Microsoft Visual SourceSafe. For more information on configuring WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255. Visual SourceSafe with NFS Backup Visual SourceSafe can also be integrated into NFS backup schemes. Source-Safe must be executable on the NFS device, or on a system that can access the NFS device. In this scenario, the NFS device serves as a temporary storage location where files are queued while they are being checked into Visual SourceSafe. Long Filenames with FTP Backup Late-model ABB robot controllers can assign long file and directory names (in addition to the standard 8.3 format). Configuring the system to backup via FTP provides the ability to preserve long file names if they are used. Backing Up to a Network Drive When Interlink.exe is registered as a service it runs using the Local System account. Attempting to perform a local backup to a network drive with this configuration will cause the backup to fail. To allow backups to network drives, interlink.exe (when registered as a service) must be registered to start as a specific user. This specific user must have read/write privileges to the drive/share the backup is destined for.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

220 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued Data Paths The following diagrams explain the path that data will follow in typical backup configurations. The first diagram shows the data path for a large system that has many robots connected to Data Collectors. The system is not configured to use a Network File System (NFS) server.

xx0500001699

The Visual SourceSafe database shown in the figure above is optional.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The diagram below shows a system where the WebWare network Data Collector is configured as an NFS server. The backup requests originate at the server, move through the Data Collector to the robot. The robot then copies the selected files directly to the WebWare

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 221

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued network server, bypassing the ramdisk/flashdisk. This results in a much faster data flow, and prevents the problems caused by attempting to backup files on robots with small ramdisk/ flashdisks (S4C robots).

xx0500001700

If the network is connected to a SourceSafe database, the data is then moved into the database. The SourceSafe database might be located at the WebWare network server, or remotely from the server.

Continues on next page

222 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued Backup Process Description The illustration below shows the typical paths that data coming from the robot follows to reach its backup destination. Note that in all cases, the folder paths on the Data Collector are temporary - after the data is moved to the server, the folders and files are deleted from the Data Collector drive.

xx0500001701

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 223

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued Robot File/Folder Structure The illustration below shows which files are backed up from ramdisk/flashdisk during a standard backup. Note that the diagram starts from the Active System on the controller - on S4C+ controllers, there could be more than one system present. WebWare backs up only the active system.

xx0500001702

Robot Files Not Backed Up Files with extensions matching those in the list below are NOT backed up by WebWare Backup: *.bin *.chk *.cmd *.dir *. id *.ini *.tpu

Continues on next page

224 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.1. Introduction Continued Hidden Files There are several instances where hidden files are not backed up: DUMP Directory Caution NOTE: Do NOT name a directory that you create on the controller DUMP! When a WebWare backup is initiated at a robot, WebWare checks the controller to determine if a DUMP directory exists. If it does, the DUMP directory is deleted. WebWare then creates a new DUMP directory and copies the files in the backup set to that directory. After the backup file set is completed, the backup set is transferred to the Data Collector. When that transfer is complete, the DUMP directory is deleted from the robot controller. If you find a DUMP directory on your robot controller ramdisk, this is an indication that there might have been a problem with a recent backup. Hidden files on a robot are not backed up when the robot alias is configured to backup via FTP. Hidden files in a File Device are not backed up since File Devices only use FTP for backup. Hidden files on a robot or a File Device are not mirrored.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

225

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.2. How to Configure WebWare Backup

5.3.2. How to Configure WebWare Backup

Overview Before configuring WebWare Server to perform a RAP-based robot backup, all Robot Profiles that will be backed up must have backup settings configured using the Device Configuration Utility (DCU). For more information on the user interface, see Profile Editor in the Device Configuration Utility help file. Procedure NOTE: If Simulate Interface is enabled in the Profile Editor dialog for the selected robot alias, the backup functions will not work since you are not communicating with the robot controller. Follow the steps below to configure a selected Robot Profile for backup. 1. At the WebWare Server host PC, open the DCU and click the Profile Editor button. 2. The Edit Profile dialog opens. Click the Backup File Set tab.

xx0500001703

NOTE: The illustration above shows the S4 Profile Editor dialog. In the IRC5 ProfileEditor, the FTP tab does not appear. 3. Select the data to be backed up. Check: Standard Backup - backup all of the following: RAPID programs and modules Ramdisk (S4C+ controllers) System Parameters

OR to select individual items or groups, click: RAPID - backup selected programs and modules only Event Logs - backup selected event logs only System Parameters - backup selected system parameters only.

NOTE: If you select Standard Backup, any other check boxes except for the Event Logs and Ramdisk check boxes will be cleared. The RAPID button to the right of the check boxes will also be disabled. Continues on next page
226 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.2. How to Configure WebWare Backup Continued 4. If you want to create an image of the robot mass storage device, select Other. This selection allows you to configure an Extended Ramdisk Backup. For more information, see How to Configure Extended Ramdisk (Other) Backup in the Device Configuration Utility help file. 5. If you want to enable backup via Network File System (NFS), check Backup to network drive using NFS. You must also have configured InterLink to work with NFS. For more information, see How to Configure NFS at the Device Configuration Utility on page 209. 6. If you want to set a flag to detect when the robot program stops during the backup, check Set output high during backup. This option allows robot outputs to be latched high during the backup. You can use the flag that is set to prevent critical outputs from being reset unexpectedly. 7. Check the list box on the right of the dialog to make sure that the selected groups/items are present. Click: OK to save the changes and close the dialog Cancel to cancel all changes and close the dialog Apply to save the changes and leave the dialog open.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

227

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.3. How to Configure WebWare NFS Backup

5.3.3. How to Configure WebWare NFS Backup

Overview WebWare, in combination with NFS, provides powerful performance improvements over simply backing up files to flat-file data repositories. WebWare Backup and NFS provides much faster backup speeds, especially in large multi-robot systems. Using WebWare and NFS will allow you to backup systems consisting of dozens of robots in just a few minutes, because the backups all run simultaneously. Configuration Tasks To allow WebWare to work correctly with NFS, you must correctly perform the tasks in the table below. Task
Install Ethernet Services NFS Option on Robot(s) Configure Physical Channel used at robot teach pendant Configure Transmission Protocol at robot teach pendant Configure an NFS mount at the robot teach pendant Enabled NFS at DCU Enable NFS Backup on DCU Backup Tab

For Detailed Information, See...

Documentation shipped with robots. Documentation shipped with robots. Documentation shipped with robots. How to Configure an NFS Mount for an S4 Robot on page 210. How to Configure NFS at the Device Configuration Utility on page 209. How to Configure WebWare Backup on page 226.

228

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.4. Backup Control Page

5.3.4. Backup Control Page

Overview The buttons on this page allow you to control a backup. You may start or abort selected backups, (where you have selected individual data elements such as only robot programs, etc. to backup), or start backups of a device set. Note that backing up many devices at the same time will increase network traffic that could become a problem.

xx0500001704

Screen Components The buttons on the Backup Control page are defined on the page.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The Backup Comment text field can be used to add a comment of up to 1024 characters to a manual backup of a device set or selected devices. The comment along with the user name and backup task are stored in the WebWare database. The Backup Summary items in the table below represent a snapshot of the backup status of all the devices in the tree that can be backed up. Current Backup Status Component
In progress:

Function
This is the number of devices that have a backup in progress at the present time. You might have multiple selected backups scheduled, and the number of backups remaining will appear in this field. This is the number of device that are in an Idle backup state. These devices may or may not be available for backup.

Idle

Last Backup Status Component

Successful Error during backup Failed

Function
This is the number of backups that completed successfully. This is the number of backups that completed with errors. Go to the Backup Results page to examine the error details. This is the number of backups that failed due to time-outs, etc.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

229

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.5. How to Use On-Demand Backups

5.3.5. How to Use On-Demand Backups

Overview In addition to scheduling automated backups, you can also manually control backups through the Backup Control page. Procedure 1. Open the browser and point it to the WebWare web site. 2. From the WebWare menu. The Backup Control page appears.

xx0500001704

3. To backup one or more single devices:

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Select the devices to be backed up by clicking on the corresponding checkboxes next to the devices in the device tree pane. Click Start Selected Backup or Start Full Backup to begin backing up files immediately.

To backup a Device Set: Aborting Backups Once you have clicked the Start Selected Backup command button, the check boxes only indicate the devices that will be backed up. Simply uncheck-ing a box will not prevent the corresponding device from being backed up, once you have clicked a Start button. To abort the backup of a Selected Device for any reason, uncheck the box corre-sponding to devices that will be backed up, make sure the check the box(es) of the device(s) that will be aborted are checked, then click the Abort Selected Backups button. To abort the backup of all of the Selected Devices or a Full Backup for any reason, click the Abort All Backups button. Select the Device Set to be backed up from the drop-down list. Click Start Device Set to begin backing up files immediately.

230

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.6. Backup Tips

5.3.6. Backup Tips

Backup Tree View Use the Backup Tree View to monitor backup progress or spot problems quickly. The backup tree view displays the results of the last backup, and changes while a backup is under way, to show progress and/or error conditions. The table below shows an example of what happens before, during and after a manual backup is performed on a single robot. Before The backup has not been run. Notice the Final Status of Successful and the Start Date, indicating the last date the backup was run.

xx0500001705

During The backup status messages appear as the backup process initializes, checks the robot state and then actually begins the backup. Notice that the Final Status and Duration blank out, indicating that the backup process is underway.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001706

After... After the backup completes, the Final Status and Duration appear.

xx0500001707

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

231

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.7. Backup Status Messages

5.3.7. Backup Status Messages

Backup State Messages The table below lists the messages that appear in the backup view at the WebWare Server device tree during a backup session. The table also lists the related ID that is displayed in the Backup Log. ID
1

Message
No license

Task/Event

What You Should Do

Install a WebWare Server License. See License Administration Page and License Key Request Process.

2 3 4

Idle Initializing Mode check

No backup is running. Backup is configured and started. Initialization is complete. Waiting for Auto Mode at the robot. Waiting for ww_StopProgram to be true, so that the robot program can be stopped. WebWare Server is now performing a standard backup.

Normal State - no action required. Wait. Wait/Set robot to AUTO.

Cycle stop check

Wait.

6 7

Wait cycle stopped Save full system

Waiting for program to stop. Wait/Stop robot program. Wait.

Save program

WebWare Server is now Wait. backing up selected RAPID programs. WebWare Server is now Wait. backing up selected RAPID modules. WebWare Server is now Wait. backing up selected configuration parameters. WebWare Server is now backing up selected log files. Wait.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Save modules

10

Save configuration

11

Save log files

12

Save disk files

WebWare Server is now Wait. backing up the robot ramdisk/flashdisk contents. NFS is being initialized. This message will usually flash by so fast that you will not see it.

13

Commit to NFS

14

Push to Server

The command is sent to Wait. WebWare Server to receive files. Files are moved from the data collector to the WebWare Server network server computer. Wait.

15

Wait push completed

Continues on next page

232 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.7. Backup Status Messages Continued ID
16

Message
Completed

Task/Event
Backup was completed successfully.

What You Should Do

This message usually flashes by so quickly that you cannot see it. The system is now ready for the next backup.

Backup Final State Messages The table below lists the messages that appear in the final results table on the WebWare Server Backup Results page. The table also lists the related ID that is displayed in the Backup Log. For details, see How to Display Backup Results on page 243. ID
1

Message
Successful

Task/Event
The backup session completed successfully, without errors.

What You Should Do

No action to take - check the File Manager Data folder if you want to examine the backup data. If the system backs up to a SourceSafe database, open SourceSafe to examine the files.

Completed with errors

The backup session Use the WebWare Server completed successfully, but Results Page to examine errors occurred. the errors and determine what course of action to take. Backup was cancelled by Use the Backup Control the user (clicked one of the page to initiate a backup or Abort buttons). wait for the next scheduled backup, if one is scheduled. An external event caused the backup to fail. Restart the system or investigate the problem.

Aborted

4
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Failed Timeout

The backup session did not Investigate the problem or complete within the timeout initiate another backup period set at the WebWare session. Server Backup Schedule page. No backup is configured for Go to the DCU. the selected robot. Select the robot profile and click Edit Profile. Click the Backup file set tab and select the backup parameters needed. Install a WebWare Server License. See License Administration Page and License Key Request Process. WebWare Server has attempted to start a backup on a data collector (DC) that does not exist. Check network connections. Make sure the Data Collector is operating properly.

Not configured

No license

DC COM error

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 233

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.7. Backup Status Messages Continued ID
9

Message
Simulated mode

Task/Event

What You Should Do

The robot alias is set to Either ignore this message simulate the interface at the or correctly configure the DCU. alias at the ICU (remove the Simulate Interface selection). The robot alias selected at WebWare Server for backup does not exist at the DCU. Use the WebWare Server Admin Page to delete the alias or configure the alias at the DCU.

10

No Alias found

11

In progress

Backup is cancelled before Redo the backup. Backup it is completed. folders are created in the robots File Manager Data folder, but they are empty. You may want to delete the empty folders. Backup has never been run Run a backup session. on this system. The Data Collector (DC) computer is disconnected from the WebWare network. The backup session timed out before the initialization step was completed. Check network connections. Make sure the Data Collector is operating properly. Check the interface connections between the network server and the Data Collector.

12 13

Not run DC Not connected

14

Timeout Init

15

Timeout Robot Ready Wait The backup session timed out before the robot status checking steps were completed. Timeout Robot Ready The backup session timed out before the robot indicated that it was ready to backup. The session timed out before the ww_backupOK variable was set. This could be related to RAPID programming. Increase the timeout interval at the Backup Control page.

16

17

Timeout Connection Wait

The backup session timed Make sure the network out because the connection connections are communito the robot was lost. cating. The backup session timed out before the robot was placed in Auto mode. Make sure robot is placed in Auto Mode.

18

Timeout Auto Mode Wait

19

Timeout Backup

The actual backup steps Investigate the problem or did not complete within the initiate another backup timeout period set at the session. WebWare Server Backup Schedule page. The backup session timed Make sure out while waiting for ww_StopProgram is being ww_StopProgram to be set set to TRUE. to TRUE.

20

Timeout Cycle Stop Check

Continues on next page

234 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.7. Backup Status Messages Continued ID
21

Message
Timeout Stopping Cycle

Task/Event

What You Should Do

The backup session timed Look for external factors out while waiting for the that may be restarting the robot to reach a cycle stop. robot program (PLC's, SDK apps, etc.)

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

235

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.8. Backup Schedule Page

5.3.8. Backup Schedule Page

Overview The Backup Schedule page presents an overview of configured backup schedules. You may sort, add, edit or delete schedules in the list.

xx0500001708

Screen Components The Backup Schedule page has the following components: Component
Sort by list + icon Pencil icon X icon

Function
This drop-down list lets you sort the list of scheduled backups according to Device Set, Frequency and Time Add a new scheduled backup. Edit the selected scheduled backup. Delete the selected scheduled backup.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

236

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.9. Schedule Manager Page

5.3.9. Schedule Manager Page

Overview You use the Schedule Manager page to schedule automated backups of the devices or device sets on the WebWare network at the date, time and frequency you select. NOTE: Backups scheduled to run the 31st of each month will only run in months with 31 days.

xx0500001709

Screen Components The Backup Schedule page has the following components:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Component
Device set list Start Time list

Function
This list box contains all of the available named groups of devices (device sets) that have been created. This list box contains all of the start times that have been entered into the system. Displayed with either 24-hour format or AM/PM-format depending on the Regional Settings. This list box contains all of the settings that determine how often a scheduled backup is performed, for details see Frequency Details on page 238. Available options include: Once Daily Weekly Monthly Here you set the date or set which day(s) of the week the backup will run. The display changes depending on the selected Frequency. Click apply to add the new scheduled backup to the list of scheduled backups without returning to the Scheduled Backup page. Click OK to add the new scheduled backup to the list of scheduled backups and return to the Scheduled Backup page.

Frequency list

Run backup on check-box

Apply

OK

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 237

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.9. Schedule Manager Page Continued Component
Cancel Comment text box

Function
Click Cancel to return to the Scheduled Backup page without adding the Scheduled Backup. Add a comment to a scheduled backup of a device set. The comment along with the user name and backup task are stored in the WebWare database.

Frequency Details If Once is selected from the Frequency drop-down-list, you may select a start time and a date for the backup. If Daily is selected from the Frequency drop-down-list, you may select a start time. If Weekly is selected from the Frequency drop-down-list, you may select a start time and which weedays the backup will run. If Monthly is selected from the Frequency drop-down-list, you may select a start time and either the day of the month to run the backup, or the first, second, third, fourth or last specified weekday of the month(s).

238

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.10. How to Schedule Backups

5.3.10. How to Schedule Backups

Procedure Follow the steps below to schedule a robot backup. The procedure below configures WebWare Server to backup the entire network at the scheduled time that you select. 1. Configure the robot profiles for the robots that will be backed up using the DCU. 2. Open the browser and point it to the WebWare web site. 3. From the Backup submenu, click on Schedule. The Backup Schedule page appears. 4. Click + to add a scheduled backup. The Schedule Manager page appears. 5. Select the Device Set, Start time and Frequency for that backup to occur. For details about backup frequency, see Frequency Details on page 238. 6. Click OK. The WebWare network server will request the backup of the networked devices at the scheduled intervals. NOTE: If an error message appears, make sure that: you have entered a scheduled time for the backup to occur. you have selected one or more days to run the backups on.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

239

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.11. Backup Results Page

5.3.11. Backup Results Page

Overview The upper table (A), referred to as the Backup Results Tableshown on the Backup Results page. It provides a summary of the backup sessions that have been performed. Each entry in the Backup Results Table provides a hyperlink to additional details pertaining to that session. These additional details are displayed in the second table (B), referred to as the Device Detail Result Table shown on the Backup Results page.

xx0500001710

Screen Components
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Component
Refresh Button

Function
Click to update the system and display the latest backup sessions available. You may need to use this button if you navigate to the Backup Results page before a backup session has completed. From this list you can select to display the results for all backups or backups related to a specific device set.

Backup Results list

Results for Selected Devices Click to display the backups related to the device set selected button in the Device Tree. An additional page will be displayed. Table Entries Each row in the Results table becomes a hyperlink to a second table containing detailed information on the results of the backup session. Result codes are listed in Return Status Codes in the System Reference section. Click the hyperlinks, displayed at the botton left corner of the table, to display additional pages of the backup results table.

Page Number Hyperlinks

Continues on next page

240 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.11. Backup Results Page Continued Backup Error Detail Tables If you click on an entry in the Backup Results Table (A) and the Device Detail Result Table (B) is blank, the backup was successful for all devices selected at that time. If the Device Detail Result Table shows a list of devices, errors occurred on the backups for the listed devices. Click on the device line to open up the Detailed Error Table (C) for the selected device. The figure below shows a list of errors for a backup that contained errors.

xx0500001711

Backup Results for Selected Devices Table

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

When you click the Results for Selected Devices button on the Backup Results page, and you have selected one or more devices on the device tree, the Backup Results - Selected Device page will be displayed. This page contains information about the date of the last backup, the

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 241

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.11. Backup Results Page Continued status of the last backup, the ratio of successful backups for the last ten attempts, and the number of days since the last successful backup. You can view detailed specifics for the last ten backups.

xx0500001712

242

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.12. How to Display Backup Results

5.3.12. How to Display Backup Results

Displaying Backup Results Follow the steps below to display the Backup Results page. 1. Open the browser and point it to the WebWare web site. 2. Click on the Backup menu. 3. From the Backup submenu, select Backup Results. The Backup Results page will appear.

xx0500001711

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The upper table (A) shown in the Backup Results window provides a summary of the backup sessions that have been performed. Numbered hyperlinks at the bottom left of the table lead to any additional pages of backup sessions available. Each entry in the upper table provides a hyperlink to the Device Detail Result Table (B). The Device Detail Result Table provides details for all of the devices that were backed up during the selected session. The table includes the initiation time interval, the backup time interval and the storage time interval. The values are in seconds. The figure earlier illustrates the relationship between the three tables that can appear on the Backup Results page. Each of the red-highlighted entries in the upper tables are hyperlinked to the table below it on the page. The bottom table (C) is the Error Detail table. This table provides a list of all of the errors that occurred on the backup. It provides a good place to start troubleshooting problems with a backup session. For a complete list of WebWare error codes, see Return Status Codes in the System Reference section.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

243

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.13. Backup Restore Page

5.3.13. Backup Restore Page

Overview The Backup Restore page provides access to WebWare Device file stores. For real or virtual controllers, this file store can include a mirror image of the controller RamDisk, backup images of the controller files, or any other files stored in the controller file space on the WebWare network server. Many of the elements found on the Backup Restore page are similar to those found on the file handling windows and dialogs in standard PC applications. This also includes the possibility to "drag and drop" files or folders. Restored files and folders are copied to different folder locations at the robot controller depending if the controllers RamDisk is mirrored or not.

Screen Components - Action Buttons The buttons above and right of the table headers may be disabled (grayed out), or enabled, depending on the current path and focus of the Backup Restore page. Component Function
Read-/Write mode Makes it possible to change the read-/ write mode on the selected file.
xx0600003084

Restore Copies the selected backup files to the robot controllers RamDisk.
xx0500001717

Set Master Backup Marks the selected backup as "Master".

xx0500001718

Up Directory Moves the Backup Restore pages target directory up one level in the current path.
xx0500001719

Continues on next page

244 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001715

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.13. Backup Restore Page Continued Component Function
New Folder Create a new folder in the currently selected path.
xx0500001720

Cut Cut the selected file.

xx0500001721

Copy Copy the selected file.

xx0500001722

Paste Paste the selected file.

xx0500001723

Delete Permanently deletes the selected file or directory from the devices file store on the WebWare Server.
xx0500001724

History Displays a page listing all of the versions of a file.

xx0500001725

Differences Displays a page showing all of the additions, changes and deletions between two selected files.
xx0500001726

Screen Components - Icons The icons that appear in the file manager are briefly described in the table below. Component
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function
Folder icon.

xx0500001727

Successful Backup Folder icon.

xx0500001728

Unsuccessful Backup Folder icon.

xx0500001729

Master Backup icon.

xx0500001730

Folder icon with Visual SourceSafe enabled.

xx0500001731

Successful Backup Folder icon with Visual SourceSafe enabled.

xx0500001732

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 245

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.13. Backup Restore Page Continued Component Function
Unsuccessful Backup Folder icon with Visual SourceSafe enabled.
xx0500001733

Master Backup icon with Visual SourceSafe enabled.

xx0500001734

246

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.14. How to Use the WebWare File Manager

5.3.14. How to Use the WebWare File Manager

Expand Folder Function To expand all folders in the device tree pane (left hand side of WebWare Page), select (highlight) a folder and press the multiplication key (*) on the numerical keypad. Be careful - if you expand a folder on the server computer that has many sub-folders, it may take some time to open all of the sub-folders. To expand the highlighted folder, press the plus key (+) on the numerical keypad. To collapse the highlighted folder, press the minus key (-) on the numerical keypad. NOTE: The expand all function is limited to the top level below the drive node for system drives and robots (only the top level of folders will appear). If you highlight one of the nodes on the tree below the system drive or the robot, the entire folder structure will open. File Open Function You can double click on a file in the file manager page and open the file in its native application, if the application is installed on the computer you are browsing from. File Rename Function You can slow-click a file name to activate the Rename dialog. Type the new name in the dialog and click OK to rename the file.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

247

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.15. How to Use the Restore Page

5.3.15. How to Use the Restore Page

Introduction You can use the WebWare Server Backup Restore page to browse the backup file sets to look for a particular file or to get an idea of what backup file sets are available and where they are located. Local File System The illustration below shows the WebWare Server Backup Restore page after running a backup that is placed on the local file system (Microsoft Visual SourceSafe is not enabled on the system).

Notice the red and green icons - the red ones represent backups that contain errors. The content pane shows the contents of the highlighted folder. The Master Backup is depicted with a yellow circle. Backups are stored on the Backup Disk (0:/Backup folder) . This directory is read-only. Local Disk (1:) is visible only when RamDisk Mirroring is enabled. Last Successful Backup Folder To make it easier to locate the last backup run on the system, you can use the Admin Backup page to configure WebWare Server to save the last backup in a folder that you name. This is depicted as the folder Last Successful in the figure below.

xx0500001736

Continues on next page

248 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001735

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.15. How to Use the Restore Page Continued Remember, the contents of the last successful backup folder are overwritten each time a new backup is run. Master Backup Folder You can mark a backup as Master by selecting a backup folder and clicking the Master Backup icon on the toolbar.

xx0500001737

Using Visual SourceSafe The illustration below shows how the user interface changes when SourceSafe is installed, configured and started on the system.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001738

The icons for the backup folders have changed, but the red/green schema is still in place - red icons indicate backups that are incomplete or contain errors. The last successful backup folder schema is also still in place - the contents of that folder will be overwritten each time a new backup is run. The master backup folder schema is also still in place.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

249

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.16. How to Restore a Backup Using WebWare

5.3.16. How to Restore a Backup Using WebWare

Introduction You can restore files to the robot controllers ramdisk using the restore function provided at the WebWare Server web site. Using this feature allows you to transfer any backup set to the robot controller and in the second phase restore the backed up files using the teach pendant. This function is specially valuable if you have not implemented the WebWare RAPID Restore feature in your RAPID robot program. Procedure The following procedure describes how to restore files and folders to a robot controller using WebWare. 1. Browse to the Backup Restore page at the WebWare web site. 2. Browse in the device tree to the backup file set you will restore, e.g. the Master backup. Click the on the folder name to highlight it. 3. Click the Restore button on the toolbar.

4. If you are required to enter a restore password, a dialog will appear. Enter the four digit password and click OK to continue.

xx0500001740

5. The restore procedure will begin copying files to the robot controller. 6. To complete the procedure you need restore the files into the robot controller. This is done at the teach pendant. For details, see the robot controller documentation.

250

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001739

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.3.17. Backup Summary Page

5.3.17. Backup Summary Page

Overview The Backup Summary page displays the Backup Summary Table containing information for the selected device such as project name, backup name, date and time for the backup, user name and the backup comment.

xx05001716

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

251

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.4.1. Introduction

5.4 WebWare Ramdisk Mirror 5.4.1. Introduction

Requirements Checking the Backup ramdisk check box on the Profile Editors Interface property page will make the files on the robots ramdisk visible on the Data Collector PC as well as on the WebWare Server host computer. However, files are not physically copied to the WebWare Server host computer. Periodically, the ramdisk mirror function checks the robots ramdisk for additions, deletions, and modified files. Any changes are then applied to the Data Collector and made visible at the WebWare Server host computer. The ramdisk mirror function is part of InterLink. You must have sufficient disk space on your Data Collector PC to hold the ramdisk for each connected robot that has mirroring enabled. The WebWare Server must have sufficient disk space to hold the ramdisk for every alias (i.e. robot controller) on every Data Collector that has the ramdisk mirroring enabled. File Folder Name Length Limitation The file and folder names on the mirror image are limited to 12 characters. If a folder name is longer than 12 characters, the files in that folder are not reflected in the image. This is a feature of the RAP interface. When mirroring a robot using the RAP file functions, the mirror logic cannot get correct information on larger files. Data Collector Ramdisk Mirror Directory The Data Collectors (i.e. PC that the robots are connected to) ramdisk mirror directory is the concatenation of the user specified root directory, the robot alias name, and Ramdisk. <Root directory> is the directory specified in the Root backup directory edit box in the Profile Editors Backup File Set property page.
<Alias> is the robots alias name.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

<Root directory>\<Alias>\Ramdisk

Server Ramdisk Mirror Directory The ramdisk mirror is also stored under the servers preferred data directory. This directory is specified in the WebWare Data Configuration section of the WebWare Servers Admin page.
<Preferred Data Dir>\<Data Collectors PC Name>\<Alias>\Ramdisk

How Ramdisk Mirroring Works - Sequence of Events Each time InterLink is started, the existing ramdisk mirror on the Data Collector is deleted. The existing mirror on the WebWare Server is also deleted. The ramdisk is then mirrored to the Data Collector as well as the Server. This ensures that the mirror image contains the most current data.

Continues on next page

252 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.4.1. Introduction Continued Restore Behaviour with Ramdisk Mirroring The WebWare Restore function works differently depending if Ramdisk Mirroring is enabled in the robot profile at the Data Collector, see How to Set Up a Data Collector as a Ramdisk Mirror on page 254. With Ramdisk Mirroring enabled, restored files and folders are copied to the restore directory of the current system at the robot controller, meaning hda0:\<CurrentSystem>\<RestoreDirectory>. With Ramdisk Mirroring disabled (no mirroring) or DiskRoot Mirroring, restored files and folders are copied to the restore directory of the system disk (hda0:) at the robot controller, meaning hda0:\<RestoreDirectory>.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

253

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.4.2. How to Set Up a Data Collector as a Ramdisk Mirror

5.4.2. How to Set Up a Data Collector as a Ramdisk Mirror

Procedure Follow the instructions below to set up a Data Collector as a Ramdisk Mirror. 1. Open the Device Configuration Utility (DCU). 2. Right click on the Alias name of the robot you wish to mirror and select the Edit Profile menu item. 3. The Profile Editor dialog will appear. On the Interface tab, click Mirror, then select RamDisk from the Mirror root drop-down list. 4. Click on Apply and make any other changes or click on OK to close the dialog. 5. Click OK to close the Profile Editor dialog.

254

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.1. Overview

5.5 WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module 5.5.1. Overview

Benefits The WebWare Visual SourceSafe module is designed to allow version control of robot software in conjunction with the WebWare Backup feature. The WebWare Visual SourceSafe module allows the administrator to redirect backup files to a Microsoft Visual SourceSafe database when files are backed up using the WebWare Backup feature. The customer-supplied Visual SourceSafe database can be installed on the WebWare network server or on a remote system. The Visual SourceSafe module provides: version control for backed up files file compression greater security for backed up files - only the Visual SourceSafe administrator can delete or change backed up files, within Visual SourceSafe, and not from within either WebWare Server or the WebWare Server web client.

Users can use the WebWare client to view the contents of the Visual SourceSafe project databases and select files to restore based on version dates. For example, if you change a robot configuration file on the floor and then later notice that the robot is not running correctly, you could use the Visual SourceSafe module to:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

look up the project and check file versions determine if a file has changed select the file and upload the file to the robot, restoring it to its last known good operating condition compare versions of a file stored in Visual SourceSafe

Installing Microsoft Visual SourceSafe For complete instructions on installing, configuring and using Microsoft Visual SourceSafe, consult the Installation Notes on the Visual SourceSafe installation CD. For details about configuring WebWare to work with Microsoft Visual SourceSafe, see Configuring WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 256. Installing Microsoft Visual SourceSafe Database on a Remote Computer IMPORTANT: For best system performance, install the Visual SourceSafe database on the WebWare Server host computer. In some situations your company may require that you install the Visual SourceSafe database on a remote computer. If this is the case, there are three critically important points to remember: 1. All computers on the WebWare network should be trusted members of the same domain, including the Visual SourceSafe server computer. 2. The ABBWebWare service must be set to use a user account that has permission to access and run programs on the computer that hosts the Visual SourceSafe database. 3. Both the WebWare Server host computer and the Visual SourceSafe server must use the same account to login to Visual SourceSafe.
3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 255

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.2. Configuring WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module

5.5.2. Configuring WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module

Prerequisites The following procedure presumes that Microsoft Visual SourceSafe is installed on the WebWare Server host computer. Procedure Follow the procedure below to configure Visual SourceSafe to work with WebWare Server. 1. From the WebWare Home page, click the Admin menu, and then click the Backup sub menu. The Backup Administration page will open. Expand the Backup drop-down panel. 2. In the Path to SrcSafe.ini file field, enter the full path to the SrcSafe.ini file, for example:
C:\WebWare Server VSS\SrcSafe.ini

In this example, SrcSafe.ini file resides on the same system as the WebWare Server. A network path to another machine is also an acceptable location for the SrcSafe.ini file, for example \\[servername]\[vss shared folder]\SrcSafe.ini 3. In the Default SourceSafe Project field, enter a project name to indicate where SourceSafe should store backup data, for example $/WebWare For this configuration, the project name is WebWare, and the name must be formatted as a SourceSafe project name, such as $/[ProjectName]. NOTE: We recommend that you enter a project name other than the $/ default project name. The folder tree has many levels. Having all of the robot folders and files stored at the root project level in SourceSafe will make it difficult to navigate the SourceSafe interface. 4. Enter the SourceSafe user name and password that WebWare should use to access the Visual SourceSafe database. Contact your SourceSafe System Administrator for a user name and password for SourceSafe. NOTE: You are not setting the user name and password here, the user name and password are set by the SourceSafe Administrator. 5. Select the Enable SourceSafe checkbox, and then click the Set SourceSafe configuration button. If the SourceSafe interface is successfully configured, the SourceSafe Integration status message will change to Enabled. 6. After performing system backups, the stored files can be inspected using the Visual SourceSafe Explorer. In Visual SourceSafe Explorer, a new project will appear, ready to accept files.

xx0500001646

256

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.3. WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module Screen Components

5.5.3. WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module Screen Components

Overview The following section describes the screen components of the WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module. Screen Components The figure below shows the WebWare Backup Restore page for the highlighted robot. Depending on the item selected on the page, the action buttons above the file list will become enabled or disabled, depending on the actions allowed.The SourceSafe icon in the tree pane indicates that SourceSafe is configured and enabled.

xx0500001742

Component
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Function
Click to display the tree for the selected file. Click to move up to the next higher level in the tree. Click to create a new folder in your specified working directory, as shown in the figure above. You can use this folder as a destination when downloading files from SourceSafe. Click to download a copy of a file from SourceSafe. Click to upload a file to the robot. You can use this function to update robot files remotely. Click to delete the highlighted file from the browser window. This button is disabled when viewing any SourceSafe file or folder. Click to rename selected file. This button is disabled when viewing any SourceSafe file or folder. Click to display file history for the selected file. The File History dialog is displayd showing showing all the versions of the selected file in the system.

File Tab Up one Level Create Folder

Download File Upload File Delete File

Rename File File History

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 257

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.3. WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module Screen Components Continued History Page Components The History dialog components are detailed below.

xx0500001743

The table below defines the column headers shown in the figure earlier. Component
Name Version Date Description

Function
The Name column shows the file name. The version column shows the version of that file. The date column shows the version date of the file. The description column describes the action that was applied to the file version on the date shown.

258

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.4. Retrieving Latest File Version from Visual SourceSafe

5.5.4. Retrieving Latest File Version from Visual SourceSafe

Overview Files are added to SourceSafe whenever WebWare Backup is run. WebWare Backup will place files in the default project named Project 1", unless the ww_Project variable in the RAPID program contains a project name. You can retrieve the latest version of files from SourceSafe using the WWRestore function defined in WebWare.sys. You cannot check files into SourceSafe using the WebWare Client. In the case where you have older file versions stored on your system that you would like to have entered into SourceSafe after SourceSafe is enabled, the SourceSafe administrator will have to check in the folders individually. Procedure To download the latest version of one of the files shown in the list on the History page do the following. 1. Highlight the file you want to download. 2. The download button will be enabled. Click on the Copy button. 3. In the tree pane, navigate to the location where you need to copy the file. 4. Select the folder where you want the file to be copied. Highlight the name of the file in the folder and then click Paste. The new file will appear in the highlighted location on the tree. If you select a directory for download, you will get the entire contents of the directory, including all sub-directories.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

259

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.5. Retrieving Selected File Version from Visual SourceSafe

5.5.5. Retrieving Selected File Version from Visual SourceSafe

Procedure If you need to select the version of a file to retrieve from SourceSafe, do the following: 1. Navigate to the file that you wish to retrieve. 2. Click on the File History button. The data pane shows the history for the selected file. 3. Browse and highlight the file that you need to download from the list that appears. 4. Click Copy. 5. Navigate to the default working location. 6. Click Paste to paste the file into the selected location.

260

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.6. Viewing File Differences

5.5.6. Viewing File Differences

Procedure The WebWare DIFF function can only compare different versions of the same file. In other words, you can compare EIO.cfg version 1 to EIO.cfg version 2, but you cannot compare EIO.cfg to Robot.prg. Follow the steps below to select and compare two files in the SourceSafe system: 1. Navigate to the file that you wish to retrieve. 2. Click on the File History button. The data pane shows the history for the selected file. 3. From the File History dialog, press the CTRL key and select two files. The Show Diff button will be enabled. 4. Click on the Show Diff button. 5. A separate browser window will open, displaying the differences. Each type of color is keyed to the modification made.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001744

Red - data removed Green - data changed Blue - data added.

6. Close the browser window when you are finished.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

261

5 WebWare Backup Module

5.5.7. Assigning File Types in Visual SourceSafe

5.5.7. Assigning File Types in Visual SourceSafe

Overview Files added to Microsoft Visual SourceSafe are automatically assigned a file type: text or binary. Due to the default mechanism for creating this assignment, some files are stored with an incorrect file type. To correct this issue you need to configure Microsoft Visual SourceSafe according to the procedure below. Notice that the file must be stored and available in SourceSafe, you cannot specify the file type assignment in advance. File types that need to be manually configured in Visual SourceSafe include: Procedure The following procedure assigns file types in Visual SourceSafe. 1. Open Visual SourceSafe Explorer, typically this is done by clicking Start than browse to All Programs, Microsoft Visual SourceSafe, and then click Microsoft Visual SourceSafe 6.0. The Visual SourceSafe Explorer is displayed. 2. Navigate to the file with the incorrect file type (e.g. key.id) and select it. 3. Click File, Properties. The Properties dialog is displayed. 4. Click the General tab. 5. Change the file type to Text. Click Close.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

*.id *.xml *.cfg *.cnf

Repeat this procedure for each file stored with an incorrect file type.

262

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.1. Overview

6 System Reference
6.1. Overview
What Youll Learn in This Section This section contains detailed information on: Custom Web Site Configuration Procedures Windows Service Pack Issues WebWare Rapid Module Resturn Status Codes Null Modem Cable Diagrams Installing WebWare with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

263

6 System Reference
6.2.1. Overview

6.2 Custom Web Site Configuration Procedures 6.2.1. Overview

Introduction The WebWare Server setup program will install and configure your WebWare web site automatically as a virtual directory. If you are installing WebWare Server on a Windows Server System, you might want to install the WebWare web site as a Default web site, for example.

264

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.2. General Installation Process

6.2.2. General Installation Process

Introduction The following procedure shows you the general steps that you need to complete in the order shown below to create a customized WebWare installation. These steps apply, except where noted, to all versions of Microsoft Windows 2000. Procedure 1. If necessary, install the Internet Information Services (IIS) Management Console. For complete details, see Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) on page 266. NOTE: Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional users may find the following sections helpful: Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu on page 269 Accessing the IIS Management Console on page 270

2. Install WebWare Server. For complete details, see Complete Installation of WebWare Server on page 41. Complete all the procedures for installing the software and a software license, and then return to this table and complete the rest of the steps. 3. Configure IIS to host WebWare as a Virtual Directory or a Default Web Site (Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server only). Windows 2000 Professional: See Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory on page 271. Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server: See Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site on page 279. 4. Set Default.aspx to be the default document. For complete details, see Selecting the Default Document on page 272.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

5. Configure the execute privileges on WWBIN. For complete details, see Enabling Execute Permissions for WWBin on page 273. 6. Install the .Net framework components. For complete details, see Running the .Net Installation Utility on page 274. 7. Apply a WebWare License. For complete details, see License Key Installation on page 44.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

265

6 System Reference
6.2.3. Installing Internet Information Services (IIS)

6.2.3. Installing Internet Information Services (IIS)

Installing IIS on Windows 2000 Systems Follow the steps below to install IIS on Windows 2000 Professional, Server or Advanced Server 1. Click Start, point to Settings and then click Control Panel. 2. Click Add/Remove Programs. 3. Click Add/Remove Windows Components. 4. Select the Internet Information Services (IIS) check box. Click Next. 5. Wait while Setup configures the new component. You might be prompted to insert your installation CD. Click Next to run the install program. 6. When prompted, click Finish. 7. For Windows 2000 Professional systems, continue with Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu on page 269. Installing IIS on Windows XP Professional Follow the steps below to install IIS on Windows XP Professional 1. Click Start, and then click Control Panel. 2. Click Add or Remove Programs. 3. Click Add/Remove Windows Components. 4. Scroll down in the Components list, select the Internet Information Services (IIS) check box. Click Next. 5. Wait while Setup configures the new component. You might be prompted to insert your installation CD. Click Next to run the install program.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6. When prompted, click Finish. 7. Continue with Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu on page 269. Installing IIS on Windows Server 2003 Systems Follow the steps below to install IIS on Windows Server 2003. IIS is installed by default only on Windows Server 2003 Web Edition. If IIS is already installed, go to section Configuring IIS to Run ASP.NET Applications on Windows Server 2003 Systems on page 268. 1. Click Start, then click Control Panel. 2. Click Add/Remove Programs. 3. Click Add/Remove Windows Components. 4. In the Components list, select Application Server, and then click Details.

Continues on next page

266 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.2.3. Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) Continued 5. In the Subcomponents of Application Server list, select the ASP.NET check box. (This will allow ASP.NET applications to run.) Make sure Internet Information Services (IIS) is selected (it should be selected by default).

xx0500001745

6. Click OK. 7. Click Next to install IIS. You might be prompted to insert your installation CD. 8. When prompted, click Finish.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 267

6 System Reference
6.2.3. Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) Continued Configuring IIS to Run ASP.NET Applications on Windows Server 2003 Systems A default installation of IIS on Windows Server 2003 systems does not permit the operating system to run ASP.NET. ASP.NET is required for the WebWare Server web site to function. Follow the steps below to allow the ASP.NET extensions to run on Windows Server 2003 systems. 1. Launch the Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. Click Start, point to Administrative Tools and then select Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. 2. Expand the Internet Information Services tree to display Web Service Extensions. 3. From the list of Web Service Extensions highlight ASP.NET v1.1.4322 and right-click and select Allow as illustrated in the figure below. If ASP.NET does not exist in the list of Web Service Extensions follow the steps in section Installing IIS on Windows Server 2003 Systems on page 266.

xx0500001746

268

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.4. Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu

6.2.4. Enabling Administrative Tools in Start Menu

Overview Follow the steps below to enable the Administrative Tools folder in the Start menu, to allow the administrator quick to access Internet Information Services (Internet Services Manager). Enabling Administrative Tools on Windows 2000 Professional 1. Click Start, point to Settings and then click Taskbar and Start Menu. The Taskbar and Start Menu Properties dialog will appear. 2. Click the Advanced tab. 3. In the Start Menu Settings list, select the Display Administrative Tools check box. Click OK. 4. Click OK to complete the procedure. Enabling Administrative Tools on Windows XP Professional 1. Click Start, and then click Control Panel. 2. Click Taskbar and Start Menu. 3. Click the Start Menu tab. 4. Click Customize...The Customize Start Menu dialog will appear. 5. Click the Advanced tab. 6. In the Start menu items list, scroll down to the System Administrative Tools section. Select Display on the All Programs and the Start menu. Click OK. 7. Click OK to complete the procedure.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

269

6 System Reference
6.2.5. Accessing the IIS Management Console

6.2.5. Accessing the IIS Management Console

Overview NOTE: It is strongly recommended that you use the default settings specified unless you are an expert user. The following series of steps will configure WebWare Server using the Microsoft Management Console. Accessing IIS on Windows 2000 Systems For Microsoft Windows 2000 systems, follow the steps below to start the Microsoft Management Console. 1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel. or Click Start, then point to Programs. 2. Click Administrative Tools. 3. Click Internet Services Manager. The IIS Management Console appears. Accessing IIS on Windows XP Professional For Microsoft Windows XP systems, follow the steps below to start the Microsoft Management Console. 1. Click Start, point to Control Panel, and then click Administrative Tools. or Click Start, point to Settings, then click Control Panel. 2. Click Internet Information Services. The IIS Management Console will appear. Accessing IIS on Windows Server 2003 Systems For Microsoft Windows Server 2003 systems, follow the steps below to start the Microsoft Management Console 1. Click Start, and then click Administrative Tools. 2. Click Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager. The Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager dialog will appear.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

270

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.2.6. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory

6.2.6. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory

Overview NOTE: It is strongly recommended that you use the default settings specified unless you are an expert user. Follow the steps below to run the Virtual Directory Creation wizard to add a new virtual directory to your system. Procedure 1. Launch Internet Information Services. For complete details, see Accessing the IIS Management Console on page 270. 2. Expand the folder for your server. Right-click on the Default Web Site node. 3. Select New, and then click Virtual Directory. 4. The Virtual Directory Creation Wizard appears. Click Next. 5. The Virtual Directory Alias dialog appears. Enter an alias for the web site in the Alias text box, for example WebWare. The alias will be the name users need to enter as part of the URL (i.e. http://hostname/WebWare). Click Next. 6. The Web Site Content Directory dialog appears. Click Browse and navigate to the folder where WebWare Server is installed. The default directory is C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare. Click Next. 7. The Access Permissions dialog appears. Click Next to accept the defaults and continue. 8. Click Finish to close the wizard. The virtual directory has been successfully created. Continue on to Selecting the Default Document on page 272.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

271

6 System Reference
6.2.7. Selecting the Default Document

6.2.7. Selecting the Default Document

Procedure Follow the steps below to set up the default document for the web site 1. Right click on the WebWare site entry found under the computer name in the IIS Management Console. Select Properties.

xx0500001748

2. Select the Documents tab. Note that the appearance of the Default.aspx document indicates that the .Net framework has been installed.

xx0500001749

3. Click the up arrow to move default.aspx to the top of the default list. 4. Click OK to close the dialog.

272

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.8. Enabling Execute Permissions for WWBin

6.2.8. Enabling Execute Permissions for WWBin

Procedure Follow the steps below to access the WWBin folder properties and set the execute permissions to allow scripts and executables to operate 1. In the IIS Management Console, expand the WebWare Site folder. 2. Right click on the WWBin folder and click Properties.

xx0500001750

3. The WWBin Properties dialog appears. Select the Scripts and Executables from the drop down menu. Click OK.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001751

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

273

6 System Reference
6.2.9. Running the .Net Installation Utility

6.2.9. Running the .Net Installation Utility

Introduction The .Net Installation Utility installs and registers some .Net components critical to the operation of WebWare. Procedure Follow the steps below to run the .Net Utility. 1. Click Start. 2. Point to Programs or All Programs. 3. Point to ABB Industrial IT. 4. Point to Robotics IT. 5. Point to WebWare Server. 6. Click .Net Installation Utility. The utility will run automatically. The installation process is now complete. As a next step, you should apply the WebWare Server License. For more information, see License Key Installation on page 44.

274

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.10. Configuring IIS with Personal Web Manager

6.2.10. Configuring IIS with Personal Web Manager

Prerequisite These instructions pertain only to Windows 2000 Professional installations. Accessing the Personal Web Manager NOTE: It is strongly recommended that you use the default settings specified unless you are an expert user and know what you are doing. The following series of steps will configure the WebWare Server to be the default web-site. 1. Launch Personal Web Manager. Click Start, point to Settings and then click Control Panel. 2. Click Administrative Tools. 3. Click Personal Web Manager. The Personal Web Manager dialog appears.

xx0500001752

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

4. Continue with Selecting the Home Directory on page 276.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 275

6 System Reference
6.2.10. Configuring IIS with Personal Web Manager Continued Selecting the Home Directory Follow the steps below to modify the home directory for the web server. 1. Click Advanced. The Advanced Options dialog will appear. Scroll down the Virtual Directories list and select WebWare.

xx0500001753

2. Click Edit Properties... The Edit Directory dialog appears. Click Browse, and select the directory where WebWare Server was installed. The default location is C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare. Verify that Access permissions are set to Read and Application permissions are set to Scripts.

xx0500001754

3. Click OK. The Advanced Options dialog will reappear. Enabling Execute Permission on WWBin Follow the steps below to assign execute permissions to the WWBin directory. 1. To create a virtual directory named WWBin in the Personal Web Manager, select <Home> at the Personal Web Manager Advanced Options page. 2. Click Add The Add Directory dialog appears.

Continues on next page

276 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.10. Configuring IIS with Personal Web Manager Continued 3. Click Browse and browse to the WWBin directory that can be found just below the directory where WebWare Server is installed.

xx0500001755

4. In the Alias field, enter WWBin as the directory alias. 5. Select the Execute (including scripts) radio button. 6. Click OK. 7. Continue with Setting the Default Document on page 277. Setting the Default Document WebWare uses Default.aspx as the default document (web page). At the Personal Web Manager Advanced Options dialog, click on the Default Document(s) field and change the order of the documents so that the first document is Default.aspx.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001756

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

277

6 System Reference
6.2.11. Custom Installation Procedures

6.2.11. Custom Installation Procedures

Choosing the Installation Type (Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server) If you have decided to host WebWare as a Default Web Site: Continue with Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site on page 279. DO NOT perform the procedure titled Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory on page 271.

If you have decided to host WebWare as a Virtual Directory: Continue with Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Virtual Directory on page 271. DO NOT perform the procedure titled Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site on page 279.

278

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site

6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site

Prerequisite These instructions pertain only to Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server installations. Do NOT attempt to perform this procedure on a Windows 2000 Professional installation! Adding a New Web Site Follow the steps below to use the IIS Management Console to add a new web site. 1. Access the IIS Management Console. For more information, see Accessing the IIS Management Console on page 270. 2. In the tree on the left pane, right click on the computer name. A pop-up menu will appear.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001757

3. On the pop-up menu, point to New and then select Web Site from the sub-menu. The Web Site Creation Wizard welcome dialog will appear.

xx0500001758

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 279

6 System Reference
6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site Continued 4. Click Next to continue. The Web Site Description dialog appears.

xx0500001759

5. Enter a description for the web site and then click Next to continue. The IP Adress and Port Settings dialog will appear.

xx0500001760

6. Select the computer's IP address. If your network is configured, you will find your computer's IP address in the drop down list box. If there is no IP address in the list box, cancel this Web Site Creation Wizard and specify an IP address via the Network configuration application found under the Windows Control Panel. If there are several IP addresses in the list box, then your system has more than one network adapter. Proceed with caution, and make sure you choose the correct IP address to host the web site on. Port 80 is the default port for the HTTP protocol and in general it should not be modified. Click Next to continue.

Continues on next page

280 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site Continued 7. The Web Site Home Directory dialog will appear.

xx0500001761

Enter the directory where you installed WebWare Server, e.g. C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare. Click Next to continue. 8. The Web Site Access Permissions dialog will appear.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001762

Normally the default settings are desired. Refer to Microsoft's Internet Information Server Resource Kit for further information on net security. Click Next to display the final dialog. Click Finish to exit the Web Site Creation Wizard.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 281

6 System Reference
6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site Continued Selecting the Default Document Follow the steps below to set up the default document for the web site. 1. Right click on the WebWare site entry found under the computer name in the IIS Management Console.

xx0500001763

2. Click Properties and select the Documents tab.

xx0500001749

3. Click the up arrow to move Default.aspx to the top of the default list. 4. Click OK to close the dialog.

Continues on next page

282 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.2.12. Configuring IIS to Host WebWare as a Default Web Site Continued Enabling Execute Privilege for WWBin Follow the steps below to access the WWBin folder properties and set the execute permissions to allow scripts and executables to operate. 1. In the Management Console, expand the WebWare Site folder, if it is not already expanded. 2. Right click on the WWBin folder and select Properties.

xx0500001750

3. The WWBin Properties dialog appears. Select the Scripts and Executables from the drop down menu. Click OK.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001751

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

283

6 System Reference
6.2.13. Installed Files and Folders

6.2.13. Installed Files and Folders

Introduction The following information is provided for System Administrators and Advanced Users as a reference of what files and folders a WebWare installation creates on the target system. WebWare Client Installation Files that are part of the WebWare Client are installed in the following location:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Shared

WebWare Server Installation Files that are part of the WebWare Server web-site are installed in the following locations:
C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\admin C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\Adobe C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\bin C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\client C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\content C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\data C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\Docs C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\framework C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\help C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\images C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\InterlinkModuleInstall C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\WWBIN C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\WebWare\wwscripts

Files that are part of the WebWare Server application are installed in the following locations:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\File Manager Data C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\Robot Data
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WebWare Data Collector Installation Files that are part of the Data Collector application are installed in the following locations:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink\Include C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\RobInstallAPI C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\RobAPI C:\Program Files\Common Files\OPC Foundation\Bin C:\Program Files\Common Files\OPC Foundation\Install C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Desktop C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\Licensing C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\WebWare Server

Continues on next page

284 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.2.13. Installed Files and Folders Continued Microsoft .NET Framework Installation Files that are part of the Microsoft .NET framework are installed in the following location:
C:\WINNT\Microsoft.NET\Framework

ABB Licence Application Files that are part of the licence application are installed in the following location:
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\Licensing

Adobe Acrobat Reader Installation Files that are part of Adobe Acorbat Reader are installed in the following location:
C:\Program Files\Adobe\Acrobat 6.0 CE\Esl C:\Program Files\Adobe\Acrobat 6.0 CE\Help C:\Program Files\Adobe\Acrobat 6.0 CE\Reader C:\Program Files\Adobe\Acrobat 6.0 CE\Resource

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

285

6 System Reference
6.3.1. Overview

6.3 Windows Service Pack Issues 6.3.1. Overview

Introduction For systems running Windows XP SP2/SP3 or Windows Server 2003 SP1/SP2, the configuration of Windows components is applied automatically during a new installation of WebWare Server or InterLink, unless either the Windows Firewall is enabled or you choose to manually configure them, see ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility on page 287. Distributed COM (DCOM) is used for communication between WebWare Server and the Data Collector(s). For Service Pack download information, see Operating System Service Packs on page 34. Remote OPC Connections To connect remote OPC systems (clients or servers) to WebWare, similar security settings need to be made at the remote OPC system as for ABB WebWare and ABB Interlink Module, see Application-Specific DCOM Settings on page 290. For information how to configure the remote OPC system, see product documentation for that system. For information about using OPC with Windows XP Service Pack 2, see the white paper Using OPC via DCOM with Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2, available from the OPC Foundation web site at http://www.opcfoundation.org. Windows Firewall For communication to function between the Data Collector(s) and WebWare Server, Windows firewall exceptions need to be made on port, network and application levels.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

286

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.3.2. ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility

6.3.2. ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility

Overview The ABB WebWare Security Settings utility is used to automatically configure the security settings for a WebWare system installation updated with Microsoft Windows Service Packs. This utility is ideal for the following conditions: TIP! If you need to manually configure your Windows Firewall settings, see Windows Firewall Settings on page 288. Procedure Follow the steps below to apply the security settings. 1. Insert the ABB WebWare application installation CD into your CD-drive. 2. Use Windows Explorer to navigate to the D:\Security Settings\Setup.exe file on the installation CD. Double-click Setup.exe to start the installation. NOTE: This assumes that the drive letter for the CD-drive you are loading from is your D: drive. If you are using a different drive, substitute your drive letter in place of D:. 3. The Welcome dialog appears. Read the information on the dialog. Click Next. 4. The Software License Agreement dialog appears. Click I accept. Click Next. 5. The Ready to Install dialog appears. Click Install.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

You have reregistered InterLink/WW Service. You have installed a Windows Service Pack or hotfix. Your Windows Firewall was disabled during installation, but subsequently enabled.

6. A question dialog might appear asking if you would like to configure your system with needed security settings. Click Yes to continue the configuration. If you click No, or if the Windows Firewall is disabled, you must manually configure the DCOM settings, see DCOM Configuration on page 289. 7. When the configuration is complete, the InstallShield Wizard Completed dialog will appear. Click Finish.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

287

6 System Reference
6.3.3. Windows Firewall Settings

6.3.3. Windows Firewall Settings

Introduction Windows Firewall needs to be configured both on port and network level, and application level. These settings are normally configured automatically during the installation of the WebWare application. Note that the Windows Firewall service must be started when the security setting utility is run or else the firewall settings will not be configured. From the Control Panel, click Windows Firewall and then click the Exceptions tab. Each program or service can be edited by clicking Edit. Port and Network Level TCP port 135 needs to be open for any remote incoming DCOM traffic to be allowed. This is automatically configured during the installation as ABB DCOM Port. TCP port 80 needs to be open for remote access to the ABB WebWare Server web site.This is automatically configured during the installation as ABB HTTP Port. Application Level Applications using DCOM must also be allowed to handle incoming connections; therefore, the firewall must be configured to allow incoming connections for the applications listed below. ABB Device Configuration
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink\RIMCfg.exe

ABB Industrial Robot Communication Server

C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\RobAPI\RobComCtrlServer.exe

ABB Interlink Data Collector

C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink\interlink.exe
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

ABB Interlink Monitor

C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\InterLink\InterlinkMonitor.exe

ABB RobNetScanHost
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Industrial IT\Robotics IT\RobAPI\RobNetScanHost.exe

Remote Assistance
C:\Windows\system32\sessmgr.exe

ABB WW Service
C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB Automation\WebWare Server\WWService.exe

288

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.3.4. DCOM Configuration

6.3.4. DCOM Configuration

Introduction DCOM requires computer-specific and application specific-configuration. These settings are configured automatically by the ABB WebWare Security Settings Utility on page 287 during the installation of the WebWare application. Launch Component Services Component Services is used to configure DCOM. To verify the automatically configured settings, you need to launch Component Services by clicking Start, then Run, type dcomcnfg in the Open field and click OK. The Component Services dialog will appear. Computer-Specific DCOM Settings DCOM must be enabled on the computer acting as a Data Collector or WebWare Server. Most often DCOM is already enabled by default. To configure computer-specific DCOM settings, in the tree view of the Component Services dialog, expand first Component Services and then Computers. Right-click My Computer and then click Properties to bring up a properties sheet. In the Default Properties tab, ensure that the Enable Distributed DCOM on this computer check box is selected. NOTE: If you make an unregistration of WWService.exe the DCOM settings will be removed. Computer-Specific DCOM Access Limits Two new common computer specific security limits for DCOM communication are added as part of the service pack update. These security limits need to be configured for communication to function in a WebWare network.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

With the My Computer properties sheet still open, in the COM Security tab, click Edit Limits to edit the security limits for Access Permissions and Launch and Activation Permissions according to the tables below. Access Permissions Anonymous Logon
Local Access Remote Access Allow Allow

Everyone
Allow Allow

Launch and Activation Permissions Anonymous Logon

Local Launch Remote Launch Local Activation Remote Activation Allow Allow Allow Allow

Everyone
Allow Allow Allow Allow

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 289

6 System Reference
6.3.4. DCOM Configuration Continued TIP! NOTE: If the group or user names ANONYMOUS LOGON or Everyone are missing, click Add and complete the Select Users, Computers, or Groups dialog box. Application-Specific DCOM Settings The DCOM settings need to be configured for the following applications: ABB InterLink Module ABB WebWare

To configure application-specific DCOM settings, in the tree view of the Component Services dialog, expand first Component Services, then Computers, then My Computer, and finally DCOM Config. Right-click the application entry you are going to configure (ABB InterLink Module or ABB WebWare) and then click Properties to bring up a properties sheet. On the the General tab, set Authentication Level to None. On the the Security tab, edit the settings for Launch and Activation Permissions and Access Permissions according to the tables below. Launch and Activation Permissions Anonymous Logon
Local Launch Remote Launch Local Activation Remote Activation Allow Allow Allow Allow

Everyone
Allow Allow Allow Allow

Access Permissions Anonymous Logon

Local Access Remote Access Allow Allow

Everyone
Allow
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Allow

290

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.4.1. WebWare RAPID Module (WebWare.sys)

6.4 WebWare RAPID Module 6.4.1. WebWare RAPID Module (WebWare.sys)

Overview The WebWare RAPID module (WebWare.sys) is designed to work in conjunction with the WebWare Server product. The WebWare RAPID module can be loaded into all robots connected to a WebWare Server to provide enhanced product functionality. The WebWare RAPID module provides the ability to restore files, backed up by WebWare Backup, to the robot controller using the robot teach pendant or flex pendant. It also provides utility routines that can be called from your RAPID program to increment counters and time various events. Routines to set fields displayed on the Info page at the WebWare Server web site are provided. Variables to control the behavior of WebWare Backup are also provided. Obtaining the WebWare RAPID Module The WebWare RAPID module (WebWare.sys) is available at your WebWare Server web site. Browse to the Documentation page, and then click on WebWare. The link will open a list of available WebWare documents. Right-click on WebWare Rapid Module and select Save Target As... Copy the file to your desired location. Load the program as briefly described in Loading the WebWare RAPID Module on page 291. For detailed instructions for you configuration, refer to your robot Users Guide for information on loading programs into your robot controller. Loading the WebWare RAPID Module 1. The first step to enabling the WebWare RAPID application interface is to load the WebWare RAPID module into the ABB Virtual Controller.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

2. Before starting the virtual controller, verify that FactoryWare Interface is enabled. For example by starting the Virual Robot Browser and verifying the configuration settings for the currently selected robot. 3. Start the virtual controller and click the Program button. 4. Click the File menu button and select Open. Navigate to the location of the WebWare RAPID module file (i.e.,WebWare.sys), see Obtaining the WebWare RAPID Module on page 291. 5. Select OK to load the WebWare RAPID module into the virtual controller. The RAPID program will now be able to reference any of the WebWare RAPID API functions.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

291

6 System Reference
6.4.2. Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys

6.4.2. Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys

RAPID Module Variables Variables in the WebWare.sys module are used to control the way a WebWare Backup occurs. The following variables are described in greater detail later on in this section. The bool variables are: ww_BackupOK ww_StopProgram ww_AutoRestart ww_BackupRunOK ww_HeartBeatOn

The string variable is: ww_ProjectName

The num variables are: ww_nRequestType ww_BackupState ww_BackupResult

The bool variables can be set on the robot teach pendant by selecting the Program Window, View / Data Types menu command and then selecting the bool data type. The bool variables can be set to TRUE or reset to FALSE. These variables can also be set programmatically in your RAPID program. For instance, you may only want to allow backups at certain times, such as between production cycles. Example:
! Cycle complete ww_BackupOK:=TRUE; _! Cycle start received ww_BackupOK:=FALSE;
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Default Behavior If these variables are deleted or commented out in the WebWare.sys module, the default behavior is:
bool ww_BackupOK:=TRUE; bool ww_StopProgram:=FALSE; bool ww_AutoRestart:=FALSE; bool ww_BackupRunOK:=FALSE; bool ww_HeartBeatOn:=FALSE; string ww_ProjectName=Project1; num ww_nRequestType:=1; num ww_BackupState:=2; num ww_BackupResult:=0;

Continues on next page

292 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.4.2. Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys Continued This means that the backup can proceed, the robot program will NOT be stopped , the robot program will NOT be restarted after the backup and the backup will NOT run during program execution. All backup files will be copied to a folder named Project1, all backup sets will be displayed during the restore routine, the backup state is in IDLE mode, and the backup result is unknown. ww_BackupOK When ww_BackupOK is set to TRUE or is undefined backups to the WebWare Server are allowed. When ww_BackupOK is set to FALSE backups to the WebWare Server are not allowed. ww_StopProgram NOTE: For IRC5, do NOT set ww_StopProgram to TRUE. This will result in a timeout. When ww_StopProgram is set to TRUE, WebWare Server will attempt to stop the robot program to perform the backup. When ww_StopProgram is set to FALSE or is undefined, WebWare Server will NOT stop the robot program. The backup will processed depending on the setting of ww_BackupRunOK. If the robot program is running and ww_BackupRunOK is FALSE, then the backup will not proceed. Also when ww_StopProgram is set to FALSE, ww_AutoRestart is ignored. ww_AutoRestart NOTE: Exercise caution when using this setting to avoid safety concerns or accidents. When ww_AutoRestart is set to TRUE the WebWare Server WILL restart the robot program after the backup is completed if:
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The program was running with the robot in Auto mode and The program was stopped by WebWare backup and ww_AutoRestart is set to TRUE and ww_StopProgram is set to TRUE.

In other words, WebWare Server will not restart the robot unless WebWare Server stopped the program and the controller is in Auto mode. When ww_AutoRestart is set to FALSE or is undefined, WebWare Server will NOT restart the robot program after the backup is completed. ww_ProjectName This string variable allows you to specify the location where the backup files will be copied. As an example, if the robot is running two different programs, one in the morning and another in the evening, you could set the variable to copy files into one folder during the morning shift and then into another folder to backup the program files from the evening program. The default value is Project1.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 293

6 System Reference
6.4.2. Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys Continued ww_BackupRunOK This boolean variable works with RobotWare versions 4.0.60 or later. Using this variable with earlier versions will result in an error. When ww_BackupRunOK is set to TRUE, WebWare Server will run the backup. WebWare Server will not check to see if the robot program is stopped and will not stop the program. When ww_BackupRunOK is set to FALSE, WebWare Server will check to see if the robot program is stopped before running the backup. If the program is stopped, the backup will proceed. NOTE: For S4, this variable works with standard backups. If you have selected to backup only certain programs or program modules, the robot program must be stopped before the backup can proceed. NOTE: For IRC5, this variable works with standard backups and program modules, not programs. ww_HeartBeaton When the ww_HeartBeatOn is set to TRUE, the ww_ LinkState will be checked. NOTE: The HeartBeatOn variable can only be used in overloaded ww_SCWrite method. ww_nRequestType This num variable is used to select if all backups, only master backup or last successful backup are displayed at the teach pendant when receiving backup sets in the restore routine. When ww_nRequestType is set to 1, all backups are displayed. When ww_nRequestType is set to 2, only the master backup is displayed. When ww_nRequestType is set to 4, only the last successful backup is displayed.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

NOTE: The Last Successful Folder Name and Master Backup Folder Name must be configured for the master and last successful backups to be displayed at the teach pendant. For details, see Backup Page on page 107. ww_BackupState This num variable is used by InterLink to update the setting of the backup state throughout the backup procedure. Notice that the backup state changes rapidly and all settings might not be displayed. Before initiating a new backup, you need to verify that the backup state is in IDLE mode. This is to avoid that more that one backup is initiated at a time. When the backup has completed, the backup state will return to IDLE mode. The possible values are listed below. For more information, see Backup State Messages on page 232.
0 = UNKNOWN "Unknown backup state" (1 = NOLICENSE "No license available") 2 = IDLE "Backup idle" 3 = INITIATE "Initializing" 4 = OKCHECK "Checking run permission" 5 = CYCLESTOPCHECK "Checking for cycle stop permission" 6 = WAITFORCYCLESTOP "Waiting for cycle stop" 7 = FULLBACKUP "Full system backup" 8 = PROGRAM "Program backup"

Continues on next page

294 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.4.2. Controlling WebWare Backup from WebWare.sys Continued
9 = MODULES "Module backup" 10 = SYSPAR "System parameters backup" 11 = LOGFILES "Backup log files" 12 = RAMDISK "Backup local disk contents" 13 = COMMIT "Backup commit to NFS" 14 = INITIATEPUSH "Starting file push to server" 15 = WAITFORPUSHCOMPLETE "Waiting for server file push to complete" 16 = COMPLETE "Backup completed"

ww_BackupResult This num variable is used by InterLink to update the setting of the backup result. ww_BackupResult reflects the result of the latest backup. The possible values are listed below. When interlink is started, the variable is set to UNKNOWN (0). For more information, see Backup Final State Messages on page 233.
0 = UNKNOWN "Backup result unknown" 1 = SUCCESSFUL "Backup successful 2 = ERRORS "Backup completed with errors" 3 = CANCELLED "Backup cancelled" 4 = ABORTED "Backup aborted" 5 = TIMEOUT "Backup timeout" 6 = NOTCONFIGURED "No backup configured" 7 = NOTLICENSED "No license" 8 = NODATACOLLECTOR "DataCollector not responding" 9 = SIMULATED "Cannot backup simulated aliases" 10 = NOALIAS "Alias not configured" 11 = INPROGRESS "Backup in progress" 12 = NOTRUN "Backup not performed" 13 = DATACOLLECTORNOTCONNECTED "DataCollector not Connected"
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

14 = TIMEOUT_INIT "Backup timeout during Init" 15 = TIMEOUT_ROBOT_READY "Backup timeout Waiting Robot" 16 = TIMEOUT_BACKUP "Backup timeout during Backup" 17 = TIMEOUT_NO_CONNECTION "Backup timeout Waiting Connection" 18 = TIMEOUT_AUTO_MODE "Backup timeout Waiting Auto Mode" 19 = TIMEOUT_BACKUP_OK "Backup timeout Waiting Backup OK" 20 = TIMEOUT_CYCLE_STOP_CHECK "Backup timeout Waiting Cycle Stop Check" 21 = TIMEOUT_WAIT_CYCLE_STOP "Backup timeout Waiting for Cycle Stop"

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

295

6 System Reference
6.4.3. RAPID Instructions

6.4.3. RAPID Instructions

Introduction Backup sets consist of robot programs, robot program modules, system parameters and robot ramdisk contents. WebWare provides two different methods for storing backup sets: File System Storage - Backup file sets are stored on the WebWare Server with a project name, the date and time of the backup forming the directory/folder name. This date stamping allows you to go back to an earlier version of a program or file. The Rapid backup file set contains the entire contents of the configured backup, every time backup is run. For more information, see WebWare Backup on page 219. SourceSafe Storage - All backups are stored in a Microsoft Visual SourceSafe database. Using SourceSafe functionality, files are backed up and stored under version control. SourceSafe stores only changed files, making much more efficient use of file storage space. For more information, see WebWare Visual SourceSafe Module on page 255. WebWare provides the means to name the backup file set with a meaningful name, regardless of which storage scheme you use. This makes it easier to identify different backup file sets. The storage scheme you choose will affect how the teach pendant displays information. For more information, see How to Configure Backup and Archive File Folder Names on page 113. WebWare RAPID Instructions The following RAPID instructions exist: WWRestore Instruction on page 297 WWStartBackup Instruction on page 308 WWIncrCounter Instruction on page 309 WWStartTimer Instruction on page 311
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WWStopTimer Instruction on page 313 WWLogTimedEvent Instruction on page 315 WWSetProgramInfo Instruction on page 317 WWSetLabels Instruction on page 318 WWSetField Instruction on page 319

296

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.4.4. WWRestore Instruction

6.4.4. WWRestore Instruction

Introduction The WWRestore routine is used to browse and select successful backup sets saved on a WebWare Server from the robots teach pendant. A four-digit password can be set to avoid unauthorized access to the WWRestore routine. The default password is 1234. Once a backup set is selected, the files in the backup set can be viewed. A particular backup set can be selected and then restored to the <Restore Backup Folder Name>/Backup folder in the robot controllers ramdisk or a particular file can be selected and then restored to the <Restore Backup Folder Name> folder in the robot controllers ramdisk. The <Restore Backup Folder Name> is defined at the WebWare Server web site. For S4 controllers the following restore procedures exist: Standard backups can be loaded back into the robot using the Miscellaneous Window, Service, File: Restore menu command. Programs or program modules can be loaded back into the robot using the Program Window, File: Open menu command. System parameters can be loaded back into the robot using the Miscellaneous Window, System Parameters, File: Load Saved Parameters menu command.

For IRC5 controllers the following restore procedures exist:

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Standard backups can be loaded back into the robot using the Backup and Restore, Restore menu command. Tasks and Programs can be loaded into the robot using the Program Editor, Tasks and Programs, File, Load Program...menu command. Modules can be loaded into the robot using the Program Editor, Modules, File, Load Module...menu command. Parameters can be loded into the robot using the Control Panel, Configuration, Load Saved Parameters menu command.

Arguments
WWRestore;

Program Execution WWRestore must be run with the robot in Auto mode. If the robot is not in Auto mode, an error screen will be displayed prompting you to switch to Auto mode. This is because the WebWare Server needs to write backup and file set data to the robot. Example A call to the WWRestore instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.This routine can be called by moving the PP (Program Pointer) to the routine or by calling the WWRestore instruction in your RAPID program.
PROC Restore WWRestore; ENDPROC

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 297

6 System Reference
6.4.4. WWRestore Instruction Continued Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWRestore Error. Error getting data from WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an SCWrite error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

298

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure

6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure

Overview The following restore procedures decribe two main restore scenarios: Restore a Complete Backup Set on page 300 Restore a Single File in a Backup Set on page 304

NOTE: Screen captures are valid for S4 controllers.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 299

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued Restore a Complete Backup Set 1. If you have enabled the WebWare RAPID Restore Password feature, the password screen will be displayed first. Enter the four-digit password and press OK to continue.

xx0500001770

If you have not enabled the WebWare RAPID Restore Password feature, the startup screen is displayed first. Press OK to continue.

xx0500001771

2. A screen with the number of backup sets currently stored on the WebWare Server is displayed. In this example there are 12 backup sets available. Press VIEW to continue.

Continues on next page

300 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued

xx0500001772

3. A list of available backup sets stored on the WebWare Server is displayed. Four backup sets are displayed at a time. The first listed backup set is the Master Backup. The second listed backup set is the Last Successful Backup. Each backup set is described with its folder or project name (for Visual SourceSafe) and the backup date and time. When more than four backup sets are available, the PREV and NEXT function keys appear that are used to display the four previous or four next backup sets in the list. Press RESTORE to restore a complete backup set.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001773

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 301

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued 4. When you press RESTORE, you are prompted to choose which of the displayed backup sets you want to restore. Press the function key labeled with the number of the backup set you want to restore.

xx0500001774

5. Wait a few minutes while the backup set is transferred to the robot controllers ramdisk. In this example 66 files are transferred.

xx0500001775

Continues on next page

302 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued 6. When the restore procedure has completed the following screen is displayed. Press EXIT to leave the WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure. Press BACK to select more backup sets or files to restore.

xx0500001776

7. To complete the restore procedure, load the file into the robot controller. For details, see the robot controller documentation.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 303

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued Restore a Single File in a Backup Set 1. If you have enabled the WebWare RAPID Restore Password feature, the password screen will be displayed first. Enter the four-digit password and press OK to continue.

xx0500001770

If you have not enabled the WebWare RAPID Restore Password feature, the startup screen is displayed first. Press OK to continue.

xx0500001771

2. A screen with the number of backup sets currently stored on the WebWare Server is displayed. In this example there are 12 backup sets available. Press VIEW to continue.

Continues on next page

304 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued

xx0500001772

3. A list of available backup sets stored on the WebWare Server is displayed. Four backup sets are displayed at a time. The first listed backup set is the Master Backup. The second listed backup set is the Last Successful Backup. Each backup set is described with its folder or project name (for Visual SourceSafe) and the backup date and time. When more than four backup sets are available, the PREV and NEXT function keys appear that are used to display the four previous or four next backup sets in the list. Press VIEW to restore a single file in a backup set.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001773

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 305

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued 4. When you press VIEW, you are prompted to choose which of the displayed backup sets you want view the file contents of. Press the function key labeled with the number of the backup set you want to view.

xx0500001777

5. A list of available files in the backup set stored on the WebWare Server is displayed. Four files are displayed at a time. Each file is described with its folder path and filename. When more than four files are available, the PREV and NEXT function keys appear that are used to display the previous or next four files in the list. Press RESTORE to continue.

xx0500001778

Continues on next page

306 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.5. WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure Continued 6. When you press RESTORE, you are prompted to choose which of the displayed files you want to restore. Press the function key labeled with the number of the file you want to restore.

xx0500001779

7. When the restore procedure has completed the following screen is displayed. Press EXIT to leave the WebWare RAPID Restore Procedure. Press BACK to select more files to restore.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001780

8. To complete the restore procedure, load the file into the robot controller. For details, see the robot controller documentation.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

307

6 System Reference
6.4.6. WWStartBackup Instruction

6.4.6. WWStartBackup Instruction

Introduction The WWStartBackup routine is used to trigger a backup in WebWare Server from the robots teach pendant. An optional comment can be added that is written to the database. Arguments
WWStartBackup "username" [\comment:="MyComment"];

Parameter
username comment

Data Type
string string

Definition
The username of the backup administrator. Backup comment (optional).

Program Execution WWStartBackup must be run with the robot in Auto mode. If the robot is not in Auto mode, an error screen will be displayed prompting you to switch to Auto mode. This is because the WebWare Server needs to write backup and file set data to the robot. Example A call to the WWStartBackup instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine. This routine can be called by moving the PP (Program Pointer) to the routine or by calling the WWStartBackup instruction in your RAPID program.
PROC StartBackup WWStartBackup "username"; ENDPROC

Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWRestore Error. Error getting data from WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an SCWrite error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

308

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.4.7. WWIncrCounter Instruction

6.4.7. WWIncrCounter Instruction

Introduction The WWIncrCounter instruction is used to count events and increment/decrement counters, from your RAPID program. You can create tables and charts showing the values of these events and counters using the WebWare Server report features. Counters can be used for such purposes as counting the number of parts produced in a robot work cell. Arguments
WWIncrCounter "name", stepsize;

Parameter
name stepsize

Data Type
string num

Definition
The name of the counter. The value of the increment/decrement.

Remarks The stepsize parameter is treated as an integer, any trailing decimals are truncated. Separate counters are created for each counter name. The counter name is determined by the name parameter passed to the WWIncrCounter instruction. Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed in the name parameter, if any are found they are removed. Empty strings are not allowed for the name parameter, the instruction will stop and display an error if an empty string is found. The first time a new counter name is used, that counter is created and incremented. For example, every hour a new instance of each counter is created, based on the time setting of the PC clock. Thus a particular counter counts for example from 1:00 PM to 1:59 PM, and at 2:00 PM a new instance of the counter is created, with the count restarting at 0.The counter values are stored in the WebWare Server database and can be viewed and queried using the WebWare Server report features. Program Execution When WWIncrCounter is executed the counter named using the name parameter is incremented by the stepsize amount. To decrement a counter, use a negative number for stepsize. Example A procedure call to the WWIncrCounter instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
WWIncrCounter "Part Count", 1;

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

This will increment the Part Count counter by one.

WWIncrCounter "Part Count", 10;

This will increment the Part Count counter by ten.

WWIncrCounter "Part Count", -1;

This will decrement the Part Count counter by one.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 309

6 System Reference
6.4.7. WWIncrCounter Instruction Continued Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWIncrCounter Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server". At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an SCWrite error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

310

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.8. WWStartTimer Instruction

6.4.8. WWStartTimer Instruction

Introduction The WWStartTimer instruction is used to time events from your RAPID program. You can create tables and charts showing the values of these timed events using the WebWare Server report features. WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer are used in pairs to start and stop timers. Timers can be used for such purposes as timing a production cycle in a robot work cell. Arguments
WWStartTimer "name";

Parameter
name

Data Type
string

Definition
The name of the timer to be started.

Remarks If a non-existent timer name is specified, it will automatically be created in the WebWare Server database. The WWStartTimer instruction always creates a new record in the database as determined by the name parameter. The WWStopTimer instruction never creates a new record, but instead completes the matching WWStartTimer record with the same name. Thus the WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer instructions must be used in pairs, with each pair corresponding to a single database record. The time duration between the WWStartTimer event and the WWStopTimer event is recorded in the database in seconds. Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string name parameter, so if any are found, they are removed. Empty strings are not allowed for the name parameter, the instruction will stop and display an error if an empty string is found. The primary difference between using WWStartTimer/WWStopTimer pairs and the WWLogTimedEvent is the ability to time events that occur under the duration of a second. WWLogTimedEvent has an extra parameter used to give the duration that is stored in the database in milliseconds. The timer values are stored in the WebWare Server database and can be viewed and queried using the WebWare Server report features. Program Execution When WWStartTimer is executed, the timer name is started. Example A call to the WWStartTimer instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
WWStartTimer "Cycle Time";

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

This will start the timer named Cycle Time.WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer are used in pairs. WWStopTimer will stop the timer with the same name started by WWStartTimer, as defined by the name parameter.
WWStopTimer "Cycle Time";

This will stop the timer named Cycle Time.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 311

6 System Reference
6.4.8. WWStartTimer Instruction Continued Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is "80001 WWStartTimer Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server." At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

312

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.9. WWStopTimer Instruction

6.4.9. WWStopTimer Instruction

Introduction The WWStopTimer instruction is used to time events from your RAPID program. You can create tables and charts showing the values of these timed events using the WebWare Server report features. WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer are used in pairs to start and stop timers. Timers can be used for such purposes as timing the cycle time of a production cycle in a robot work cell. Arguments
WWStopTimer "name";

Parameter
name

Data Type
string

Definition
The name of the timer to be stopped.

Remarks The WWStopTimer instruction never creates a new record, but instead completes the matching WWStartTimer record with the same name. The WWStartTimer instruction always creates a new record in the database as determined by the name parameter. The WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer instructions are expected to be used in pairs, with each pair corresponding to a single database record. The time duration between the WWStartTimer event and the WWStopTimer event is recorded in the database. Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string name parameter, so if any are found, they are removed. Empty strings are not allowed for the name parameter, the instruction will stop and display an error if an empty string is found. The primary difference between using WWStartTimer/WWStopTimer pairs and the WWLogTimedEvent is the ability to time events that occur under the duration of a second. WWLogTimedEvent has an extra parameter used to give the duration that is stored in the database in milliseconds. The timer values are stored in the WebWare Server database and can be viewed and queried using the WebWare Server report features. Program Execution When WWStopTimer name is executed, the timer associated with the name parameter is stopped. Example A procedure call to the WWStopTimer instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
WWStartTimer "Cycle Time";

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

This will start the timer named Cycle Time.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 313

6 System Reference
6.4.9. WWStopTimer Instruction Continued WWStartTimer and WWStopTimer are used in pairs. WWStopTimer will stop the timer with the same name started by WWStartTimer, as defined by the name parameter.
WWStopTimer "Cycle Time";

This will stop the timer named Cycle Time. Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is "80001 WWStopTimer Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will be stopped when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

314

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.10. WWLogTimedEvent Instruction

6.4.10. WWLogTimedEvent Instruction

Introduction The WWLogTimedEvent instruction is used to time events from your RAPID program using RAPID timers. You can create tables and charts showing the values of these timed events using the WebWare Server report features. Timers can be used for such purposes as timing the cycle time of a production cycle in a robot work cell. Arguments
WWLogTimedEvent "name", duration;

Parameter
name duration

Data Type
string num

Definition
The name of the timer to store the timed event in. The duration of the timed event in seconds (with two decimals). Stored in the database in milliseconds.

Remarks The WWLogTimedEvent procedure differs from the WWStart/StopTimer instructions in that the RAPID programmer is assumed to have timed a complete event using the robot controller real-time clock. In this case, the event duration is specified. The event stop-time is assumed to be the time at which the WWLogTimedEvent instruction is called, and the start-time is determined by subtracting the specified duration from the stop-time. A new instance of the timer will be created in the WebWare Server database every time WWLogTimedEvent is called. Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string name parameter, so if any are found, they are removed. Empty strings are not allowed for the name parameter, the instruction will stop and display an error if an empty string is found.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

The num duration parameter is truncated to two decimal places. The primary difference between using WWStartTimer/WWStopTimer pairs and the WWLogTimedEvent is the ability to time events that happen under a second. WWLogTimedEvent has an extra parameter used to give the duration that is stored as Milliseconds in the database. The timer values are stored in the WebWare Server database and can be viewed and queried using the WebWare Server report features. Program Execution When WWLogTimedEvent name is executed, the name timer stores the value supplied in the duration parameter. The event stop-time is assumed to be the time at which the WWLogTimedEvent function is called, and the start-time is determined by subtracting the specified duration from the stop-time.

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 315

6 System Reference
6.4.10. WWLogTimedEvent Instruction Continued Example A procedure call to the WWLogTimed instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine. The RAPID clock instructions ClkStart, ClkStop, ClkReset and ClkRead can be used to time the timed event.
ClkStart clock1; ! Routine call to fixture1 production routine fixture1; ClkStop clock1; WWLogTimedEvent "Fixture 1 Cycle Time",ClkRead(clock1); ClkReset clock1;

Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWLogTimedEvent Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program if an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

316

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.11. WWSetProgramInfo Instruction

6.4.11. WWSetProgramInfo Instruction

Introduction The four string parameters passed to WWSetProgramInfo are displayed on the WebWare Info page. They are intended to display author, version, company and description information for your RAPID program. Arguments
WWProgramInfo "author", "version", "company", "description";

Parameter
author version company description

Data Type
string string string string

Definition
The author of the RAPID program. The version of the RAPID program. The name of the company. A description of the RAPID program.

Remarks Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string author, version, company or description parameters, so if any are found, they are removed. To clear a value or have a blank value simply pass a blank (i.e., empty) string. Program Execution When WWSetProgramInfo is executed the four string parameters are displayed on the WebWare Info General page. Example A procedure call to the WWSetProgramInfo instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WWSetProgramInfo "John Smith", "1.3", "Widgets Unlimited", "Arcwelding Frames";

Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWSetProgramInfo Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server. At this point, check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

317

6 System Reference
6.4.12. WWSetLabels Instruction

6.4.12. WWSetLabels Instruction

Introduction The four string label parameters passed to WWSetLabels are displayed as titles for the four user-definable fields on the User Defined section of the WebWare Info Device page. Arguments
WWSetLabels "label1", "label2", "label3", "label4";

Parameter
label1 label2 label3 label4

Data Type
string string string string

Definition
Text for label 1. Text for label 2. Text for label 3. Text for label 4.

Remarks Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string label1, label2, label3 or label4 parameters, so if any are found, they are removed. Empty strings are allowed. Program Execution When WWSetLabels is executed, the four string parameters are displayed on the User Defined section of the WebWare Info Devices page. Example A procedure call to the WWSetLabels instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
WWSetLabels "Production Part 1","Production Part 2","Production Part 3","Production Part 4";

Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWSetLabels Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

318

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.4.13. WWSetField Instruction

6.4.13. WWSetField Instruction

Introduction The four string value parameters are displayed as the four user-definable fields on the User Defined section of the WebWare Info Devices page. The titles for the fields are set by the WWSetLabels procedure. One of the four fields contents can be set on each call of WWSetField as selected by the field number parameter. Arguments
WWSetField fieldnumber, "value";

Parameter
fieldnumber value

Data Type
num string

Definition
Defines which of the four fields numbered 1 to 4 will be set. The text for the field.

Remarks Leading and trailing blanks are not allowed for the string value parameter, so if any are found, they are removed. Empty strings are allowed. Program Execution When WWSetField is executed the selected field 1 to 4 is displayed on the User Defined section of WebWare Info Devices page. Example A procedure call to the WWSetField instruction can be placed in a RAPID routine.
WWSetField 1,"Widget 1";
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WWSetField 2,"Widget 2"; WWSetField 3,"Widget 3"; WWSetField 4,"Widget 4";

Error Handling When an error occurs while sending data to the WebWare Server, a RAPID ErrWrite command is executed. This displays the error at the robot teach pendant and also records the error into the user error log (S4) or event log (IRC5) for later viewing. The error code is 80001 WWSetField Error. Error sending data to WebWare Server. At this point you should check the WebWare Server to determine the cause for the error, such as loss of the communication link to the robot, failure of the WebWare Server PC or a fault in the network cabling. The bool variable bStopOnSCWrtErr can be used to stop the robot program when an error occurs. The default setting is FALSE, in which case the robot program is not stopped. If the variable is set to TRUE, the robot program will stop when an error occurs in any WebWare.sys routine.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

319

6 System Reference
6.4.14. WebWare Server Link State Heartbeat Function

6.4.14. WebWare Server Link State Heartbeat Function

Introduction WebWare Server features a link state heartbeat mechanism, implemented as a WebWare RAPID module variable for synchronization with RAPID code. During connect (and each n seconds thereafter), the responsible Data Collector (DC) sets the ww_LinkState (type num) variable to the DC state (DC standalone, DC Connected to WWS, ) to permit verification of the communication link and determination of the existence of WebWare Server on the network. This function is controlled via a check box on the DCU Profile Editor Interface tab. The default setting for the heartbeat function is disabled. The WebWare link state heartbeat function allows Production Toolbox (and other RAPID programs) to detect the presence of a WebWare Server installation on the network, and confirms that a RAP server is prepared to receive messages. This prevents some robot startup problems, caused by an application trying to send messages before RAP is fully initialized. When the link state hearbeat function is enabled, InterLink attempts to periodically write to a persistent num variable called ww_LinkState to inform the RAPID program of the current state of the WebWare interface. InterLink writes to this variable value once every poll cycle, but not more often than once every five seconds. NOTE: For IRC5; InterLink can only write to this variable value when the robot controller is in AUTO mode. NOTE: For IRC5; if the Heartbeat function is enabled, the ww_LinkState variable must be defined, or else WebWare will require high cpu. The following values are written to the ww_LinkState variable by InterLink. ww_LinkState Value
0 1 2

Description
WebWare Server interface disabled.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

WebWare Server interface enabled, but InterLink cannot contact the WebWare Server. WebWare Server interface enabled and InterLink is connected to the server.

320

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.5.1. Return Status Codes

6.5 Return Status Codes 6.5.1. Return Status Codes

Introduction Most of the InterLink automation methods return status codes to denote error conditions or successful method execution. The successful execution of any InterLink method is always returned as a value greater than or equal to zero. Any negative status code denotes an error condition. The error codes are either generated from the RAP interface or the InterLink interface.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

321

6 System Reference
6.5.2. RPC Communications Errors

6.5.2. RPC Communications Errors

Introduction These errors are generated by the RPC interface. Any positive error code returned from InterLink is an RPC error. When one of these errors is received, it usually means that either the interface to the robot controller is broken, the robot controller is down, the robot controller is not configured correctly, or the robot controller does not support the requested method. Local Errors
1 2 3 4 5 Can't encode arguments. Can't decode results. Failure in sending call. Failure in receiving result. Call timed out. This signifies that the robot controller is no longer responding to requests or the specified communications timeout is too low.

Remote Errors Not all of the possible RPC errors are included in this table.
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Rpc versions not compatible. Authentication error. Program not available. Program version mismatched. Procedure unavailable. This usually means that the software loaded in the robot controller does not support the requested method. Decode arguments error. Generic other problem.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

322

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.5.3. InterLink Module Communication Errors

6.5.3. InterLink Module Communication Errors

Introduction These error codes are a result of InterLink failing to successfully communicate with the robot controller. These errors signify that either the interface to the robot controller is broken, the robot controller is down, the robot controller is not configured correctly, or the robot controller does not support the requested method. Error Codes Code
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Description
Unable to contact robot controller. Internal connection error. Variable read error. Variable write error. Internal connection failure due to invalid handle. Spontaneous message support failed. Invalid communications timeout value specified. Program module load error. Program module save error. Program load error. Program save error. Program prep error. Program delete error. Mode set error. Mode get error. Program start error. Program stop error. File open error. File close error. File rename error. File delete error. PC file access error. File read error. File write error. Directory access error. Communications timeout. Module delete error. RAP test read error. Internal error. Blocking call in progress. No reply from RAP server. Protection key access error. Read block error. Read device list error. Restart error.

-16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Continues on next page

323

6 System Reference
6.5.3. InterLink Module Communication Errors Continued Code
-35 -36

Description
Load parameters error. Save parameters error.

324

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.5.4. General Error Messages

6.5.4. General Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. Error Codes Code
-100 -101 -102

Description
Too many concurrent services (= Max poll 10100). No available communication buffers (= Max poll 10101). Master request rejected (= Max poll 10102). The requested resource is used by another master. Wrong operating mode for requested service. Try again. File not found or could not be opened fro reading (= Max poll 10103). Not right privilege (= Max poll 10104). Wrong program controller id. Wrong operating mode for requested service. Controller is busy. Try again later. Invalid program state (= Max poll 10105). Not right program state for requested service. Operation is illegal in current execution or task state. Invalid program controller state. Not right program controller state for requested service (= Max poll 10106). Cannot find spontaneous message response program in client. The specified port number may be wrong (= Max poll 10107). Too many concurrent connections (= Max poll 10108). No such host defined. The host was not defined in the system parameters or opened with rapgen_open (= Max poll 10109). Initialization not finished. The initialization is not finished. Please retry (= Max poll 10110). Invalid program number or invalid task name. Helper initialized with invalid URL (= Max poll 10111).

-103 -104

-105

-106 -107 -108 -109

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

-110 -111

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

325

6 System Reference
6.5.5. InterLink FTP Error Codes

6.5.5. InterLink FTP Error Codes

Introduction The error codes are generated by InterLink. Error Codes Code
-400 -401 -402 -403 -404 -405 -406 -407 -408 -409 -410 -411 -412 -413 -414 -415 -416 -417 -418 -419 -420

Description
FTP General Failure. FTP Local File Error. FTP Invalid Operation. FTP Login Failure. FTP Invalid Username. FTP Invalid Password. FTP Cannot Connect. FTP Connection Aborted. FTP Connection Reset. FTP Host Not Found. FTP Path Not Found. FTP Timeout. FTP Force Retry. FTP Busy. FTP Path Exists. FTP Bad Logon Parameter. FTP Syntax Error. FTP Host File Error. FTP Network Failure. FTP Not Connected.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

FTP Host File Not Found.

326

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.5.6. InterLink Error Code Definitions

6.5.6. InterLink Error Code Definitions

Introduction These error codes are generated by InterLink. Error Codes Code
-501 -502 -503 -504 -505 -506 -507 -508 -509 -510 -511 -512 -513 -514 -515 -516 -517
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Description
The robot alias list is full, unable to add new alias. Invalid handle passed to RIM function. Invalid robot id passed to RIM function. InterLink robot interface task is dead. Invalid signal name referenced. Signal name not found in the I/O configuration file. Invalid period referenced in subscription. Unable to locate event in event table. Invalid IO number passed to S4IOCfg. Invalid result spec number. Invalid board number passed to S4IOCfg. Invalid contact type passed to S4IOCfg. Missing IO configuration table. Invalid variable reference. Internal error reading S4 or IRC5 variable. Invalid variable object reference. XData variable data is too large for InterLink to handle. Invalid license encountered/no license found. Invalid alias object reference. Invalid linked alias operation. Invalid S4 array dimensions. Invalid S4 array element size. S4 array memory allocation failed. Invalid index passed to method. Array object data was corrupted. RAPID array object type has not been set. Function is not supported using the specified interface. The InterLink Module is currently disabled, because it hasnt finished initializing the interface. An attempt has been made to access a device managed by InterLink that has not been properly opened or initialized. InterLink request has been aborted. InterLink returns this error when it cannot complete a request. A reference has been made to an invalid or missing Profile. An attempt has been made to delete a Profile that is still being used by an Alias. Use the Device Configuration Utility to determine which Alias definitions are using the Profile. InterLink was unable to delete the specified Profile file.

-518 -519 -520 -521 -522 -523 -524 -525 -526 -527 -528 -529 -530 -531

-532

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 327

6 System Reference
6.5.6. InterLink Error Code Definitions Continued Code
-533 -534 -535 -536 -537

Description
An invalid custom database table definition has been received. The table definition parameters are incorrect. An invalid custom database table definition has been received. The table definition does not match the existing custom database table format. An attempt has been made to access a WebWare Server function when the WebWare Serevr interface is not enabled or connected. An internal InterLink error has been detected. Contact ABB Customer Service with the details. Returned or invalid variable objects. Unspecified error creating a custom table. WebWare Server reports this error. Possible causes are incorrect server configuration, directory access permission settings, or disk full. Unspecified error writing to a custom table. WebWare Server reports this error. Possible causes are incorrect server configuration, directory access permission settings, or disk full. InterLink detected a file access error while performing a file operation. The file is read-only. Command is not Asynchronous (USED by FWEB_ISAPI and StateManager). The Plant Model is already checked out. Create failed, name already exists and is in use. Function timeout/did not complete. Cannot read the System.DIR file (for S4C+). Unable to communicate with web site/ISAPI error. Error communicating with ABB WebWare Service. Error communicating from WWService to Data Collector. Error accessing Visual SourceSafe. Error accessing the WebWare Data Engine. Undefined Error was returned from the robot. Invalid restart mode. An invalid restart mode has been specified in the rapgen_restart command.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

-538

-539 -540 -541 -542 -543 -544 -545 -546 -547 -548 -549 -550 -600

328

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.5.7. InterLink Monitor Connecting Failure

6.5.7. InterLink Monitor Connecting Failure

Introduction These error codes are generated by InterLink. S4 InterLink Monitor min poll Code
50200 50300 50400 50600 50700 51000 51001 51100 51200 51300 51400 51500 51600 65536

Description
S4SubReset S4SubLog S4SubSCWrite S4CtlVersionGet S4CtlIdGet S4PageDelete S4FileDevices VarPage.RemoveAll BuildIOPollList BuildpageDefinition S4BIOFCloseAll ResetSISPolling ReadCurrentSystemName See S4 InterLink Monitor max poll on page 329.

S4 InterLink Monitor max poll Code

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Description
Unknown host Unable to contact controller Unable to contact controller Too many connections (>256) If the max poll exceeds 10000, subtract it from 10000 to get the error code, and then see General Error Messages on page 325.

2 4 5 6 >10000

IRC5 InterLink Monitor max poll Code

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Description
No response IRC5CONFAIL_BADNETSCAN IRC5CONFAIL_CLIENTREG IRC5CONFAIL_BADUAS IRC5CONFAIL_CTRLINIT IRC5CONFAIL_NOPCINTERFACE IRC5CONFAIL_ENVVARINIT IRC5CONFAIL_CTLVERGET IRC5CONFAIL_CTLIDGET

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 329

6 System Reference
6.5.7. InterLink Monitor Connecting Failure Continued Code
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Description
IRC5CONFAIL_ROBDATAINIT IRC5CONFAIL_ROBRAPIDINIT IRC5CONFAIL_INITTASKLIST IRC5CONFAIL_ROBRAPIDTASKINIT IRC5CONFAIL_IOSYSTEMINIT IRC5CONFAIL_IOSIGNALINIT IRC5CONFAIL_IOSIGNALSUB IRC5CONFAIL_RAPIDNAMESPACEINIT IRC5CONFAIL_ROBFILEBROWSERINIT IRC5CONFAIL_ROBEVENTLOGINIT IRC5CONFAIL_ELOGTEXTINIT IRC5CONFAIL_GETLASTLOGNUM IRC5CONFAIL_GETLASTLOGNUM2 IRC5CONFAIL_GETDEVICELIST IRC5CONFAIL_LIMITREACHED *) IRC5CONFAIL_ALREADYLOGGEDON IRC5CONFAIL_VERSIONNOTSUPPORTED

*) There is a limit of number of clients accessing an IRC5 controller. This means that a RobotStudio or OPC connection can block the access of InterLink. The maximum number of connected network clients using RobAPI is three on the LAN port and one on the service port. The total number of concurrent connected FTP clients is four.

330

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.5.8. Variable Handling Error Messages

6.5.8. Variable Handling Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. Error Codes Code
-1013 -1100 -1101 -1102 -1103 -1104 -1105 -1106 -1107 -1108 -1109 -1110 -1111 -1112 -1113 -1114 -1115 -1116 -1117 -1118 -1119 -1120 -1121 -1122 -1123 -1124 -1125 -1126 -1127 -1128 -1129

Description
No program to store. Invalid program controller state. Invalid program state. Invalid controller state. Invalid operating state not in Auto mode. Too many concurrent variable services. Invalid variable name, or invalid domain. Invalid type name, or invalid domain. Missing the work or tool frame definition. Invalid domain number. Invalid transfer type number. Invalid subscribe parameters. Invalid cancel parameters. Mastership request rejected - requests mastership RAPID domain. The parameter value is too large. Invalid system state. Invalid write parameters. Write request was sent to the controller, but the controller returned an error. Invalid signal name. Invalid value. Invalid parameter. Too many subscriptions. Invalid subscription log group. Clockdata does not correspond to a valid date and time. The system clock could not be read. The system clock could not be written. Variable and type mismatch. The variable exists but is not of the specified type. Variable not persistent. The variable exists but is not persistent. Illegal dimension. The specified dimension must be in the range 0 to 3. Illegal array index. Array index must be larger than 0, and the second index must be larger than the first. Array index out of bounds. Array index not within the bounds defined for the array. Array size violation. The requested array size is too large to be handled in one call. Divide the array into smaller parts and read or write them with more than one call. Dimension violation. The array dimension of the requested variable does not correspond to the request parameters.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

-1130

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 331

6 System Reference
6.5.8. Variable Handling Error Messages Continued Code
-1131 -1132 -1133 -1134 -1135 -1136 -1137 -1138 -1139 -1140 -1141

Description
Variable is not an array. The requested variable is not an array. Variable is an array. The requested variable is an array. Illegal structure. The XData structure does not correspond to the structure of the requested data type. Too many page descriptions. The maximum number of page descriptions has already been used. Non-existing page definition. No page definitions with the specified number exists. Illegal page definition number. The specified page definition number is either larger than the maximum number of page definitions or smaller than 1. Illegal number of page elements. The number of page elements is either larger than the maximum number of page elements or less than 1. Illegal variable type for page. The specified variable type is not possible to read or write in a page. Invalid domain for arrays. Variables in the specified domain cannot be arrays. Arrays can only exist in the RAPID domain. The variable can not be written. This variable is read-only. The variable can not be read. This variable is write-only.

332

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.5.9. Program Handling Error Messages

6.5.9. Program Handling Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. Error Codes Code
-2101

Description
Invalid module. Operation completed but with syntax error(s). The filename does not comply to the ISO-8859-1 (ISO-Latin-1) encoding. Module is read proteced. Invalid module name. RAPID symbol was not found. Ambiguous module name. Invalid program. Invalid run mode. Invalid stop mode. Invalid procedure name. Invalid parameters. Helper initialized with invalid URL. Unable to initiate the helper for the specified task/invalid pgmId value. No program deleted. Robot not on path. The robot is not on the path. To regain path answer the dialog on the teach pendant. Start the program from the teach pendant. Break during start order. The robot was stopped during path regain.

-2102 -2103 -2104 -2105 -2106 -2107

-2108 -2109 -2110

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

333

6 System Reference
6.5.10. File Handling Error Messages

6.5.10. File Handling Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. Error Codes Code
-3100 -3101 -3102 -3103 -3104 -3105 -3106 -3107 -3108 -3109 -3110 -3111 -3112 -3113 -3114

Description
General file handling error. Too many files open. No such path or too long file name (8.3). Write error. Device full. The RAPID heap memory is full. Error when opening device. Invalid file descriptor. End of file. Invalid open flags. Illegal access mode. File exists. RAPFIL_RENAME returns this error code if a file with the new file name exists. Directory exist. Directory not empty. Directory does not exist. Service is not supported. The service is not supported in this version of the controller.

334

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.5.11. Configuration Handling Error Messages

6.5.11. Configuration Handling Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. Error Codes Code
-4100 -4101 -4102 -4103 -4104 -4105 -4106 -4107 -4108 -4109 -4110 -4111 -4112 -4113

Description
General configuration handling error. Invalid topic. Unable to open file for writing. Invalid path name. Topic name invalid. Wrong operating mode. The robot must be in auto mode when loading and saving parameters. Version too old. The version of the parameter file on the disk is too old. Invalid type. A type name in the parameter file is invalid. Input error. Error in input file or file not found. Line error. The length of a line in the parameter file is longer than 80 characters. Range error. An input value in the parameter file is out of range. Duplicate parameter name. Two or more parameters in the input file has the same name. Invalid load mode. The load mode is invalid. Invalid attribute. The name of a parameter attribute is invalid.

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

335

6 System Reference
6.5.12. Log Error Messages

6.5.12. Log Error Messages

Introduction These error codes are generated by the robot controller. These error codes have different definitions, depending on the software version installed. Error Codes Version 3.2.46 and Earlier Code
-5101 -5102 -5103 -5104 -5105 -5106

Description
Invalid log type. Valid log types are 0-14. Values outside of this range are rejected. The log cant be read. Cant open file. There was an error creating the temporary file. Can't write log. Empty log. Backup error. The directory does not exist. At least one module name is too long. Tree structure cannot be created. Error saving or reading config file. The structure is to deep. The directory contains items that are to be created. Error while writing to backinfo file. Restore error. The directory does not exist. The backup system is not correct. The backup directory is not a completed backup. The structure is too deep. The backinfo file cannot be opened. Loading of a module failed. Some configuration error. Too long file name. The restore service is not supported since the option is missing. General error for log.

-5107

-5108 -5109 -5110

Error Codes Versions 3.2.50 and Later Code

-5101 -5102 -5103 -5104

Description
Invalid log type. Valid log types are 0-14. Values outside of this range are rejected. The log cant be read. Cant open file. There was an error creating the temporary file. Empty log.

Continues on next page

336 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.5.12. Log Error Messages Continued Code
-5105

Description
Backup error. The directory does not exist. At least one module name is too long. Tree structure cannot be created. Error saving or reading config file. The structure is to deep. The directory contains items that are to be created. Error while writing to backinfo file. Restore error. The directory does not exist. The backup system is not correct. The backup directory is not a completed backup. The structure is to deep. The backinfo file cannot be opened. Loading of a module failed. Some configuration error. Too long file name. General error for log. The restore service is not supported since the option is missing. Cant write to log file.

-5106

-5107 -5108 -5109 -5110

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

337

6 System Reference
6.6. WebWare Server Error Codes

6.6. WebWare Server Error Codes

Introduction These error codes are generated by the WebWare server and written into the event log database by the Data Collectors. WebWare SCWrite Command Error The following error codes originate in InterLink: Code
15001 15002 15003 15003 15003 15004 15005 15006 15007 15008

Description
Incorrect number of parameters sent to %. Invalid counter name sent to IncrCounter. Invalid timer name sent to StartTimer. Invalid timer name sent to StopTimer. Invalid timer name sent to LogTimedEvent. Invalid timer duration sent to LogTimedEvent. Failed to create WebWare table. Incorrect SCWrite type definition variable. Failed to create WebWare table. Invalid field name SCWrite definition. Failed to create WebWare table. Unable to access table status variable. Table write request failed. Invalid record data received.

WebWare Service Command Error The following error codes originate in WWServer: Code
15013 15014 15015 15015 15015 15015 15015 15015

Description
DC COM pointer invalid. HR=%x. DC disconnected due to heartbeat timeout. EndTime parameter is NULL or invalid. StartTime of %s is later then EndTime of %s. CWWTimerRs::TimerRecordUpdate(TimerKey) Error number: 0x%x %s. %s : %s. Timer %s with start time of %s has been removed by update timer.
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Unable to locate %d in Timer Table.

338

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

6 System Reference
6.7.1. RS-232 Cable Diagrams

6.7 Null Modem Cable Diagrams 6.7.1. RS-232 Cable Diagrams

Purpose Use cables of this type to communicate with an ABB robot via a serial port, in situations where you need to connect older controllers (S4 and S4C) via SLIP. PC Side Connections 9-pin RS232 connector Pin
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Technical Name
DCD RXD (RD) TXD (TD) DTR SG (0V) DSR RTS CTS

Connect to
Pin 4 and 6 TXD (robot side) RXD (robot side) Pin 1 and 6 0V (robot side) Pin 1 and 4 Pin 8 Pin 7

25-pin RS232 connector Pin

2 3 4 5
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

Technical Name
TXD (TD) RXD (RD) RTS CTS DSR 0V DCD DTR

Connect to
RXD (robot side) TXD (robot side) Pin 5 Pin 4 Pin 8 and 20 0V (robot side) Pin 6 and 20 Pin 6 and 8

6 7 8 20

Robot Side Connections Pin number, depending on connector (see Product Manual). Pin
See product manual. See product manual. See product manual. See product manual. See product manual. See product manual.

Technical Name
TXD RXD CTS RTS DTR DSR

Connect to
RXD on PC side TXD on PC side RTS (robot side) CTS (robot side) DSR (robot side) DTR (robot side)

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 339

6 System Reference
6.7.1. RS-232 Cable Diagrams Continued Diagram The diagram below is an illustration of one example of the connections required if you need to build a cable on site.

xx0500001781

340

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.7.2. S4 Controller Diagrams

6.7.2. S4 Controller Diagrams

Introduction IMPOTANT: The diagrams below may not accurately reflect controllers in your plant. Always refer to your robot documentation for the exact pin-outs for the controller you are working with. S4 XB1 Connector Shown below are wiring diagrams for standard 25-pin and 9-pin RS-232 connectors. The diagrams shown are for attaching to sio1: in the S4 controller (XB1 connector). 25-Pin PC Port

xx0500001782

9-Pin PC Port

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001783

Continues on next page

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B 341

6 System Reference
6.7.2. S4 Controller Diagrams Continued S4C XB1 Connector Shown below are wiring diagrams for standard 25-pin and 9-pin RS-232 connectors. The diagrams shown are for attaching to sio1: in the S4C controller (XB1 connector). 25-Pin PC Port

xx0500001784

9-Pin PC Port

xx0500001785

Continues on next page

342 3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

6 System Reference
6.7.2. S4 Controller Diagrams Continued S4C X1 Connector Shown below are the wiring diagrams for standard 25-pin and 9-pin RS-232 connectors. The diagrams shown are for attaching to sio1: in the S4C controller (X1 connector). 25-Pin PC Port

xx0500001786

9-Pin PC Port

Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

xx0500001787

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B

343

6 System Reference
6.8.1. Overview

6.8 Installing WebWare Server with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker 6.8.1. Overview
Introduction To run WebWare Server on the same computer together with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker, you must run InterLink as a server or else communication will fail. By default, InterLink is installed as a service. The following procedure will guide you to successfully run WebWare Server on a computer with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker. NOTE: The applications need to be installed in the order specified, or you will receive error messages when using the applications. Procedure 1. Log in with local administrator rights. Close all applications. 2. Install RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker. NOTE: Read the Release Notes located on the installation CD for RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker before you begin the installation. 3. Install WebWare Server: In the Ready to Install the Program dialog, select Use this PC as a Data Collector in a WebWare Network. Select Install Support for S4/IRC5 Controllers (as appropriate). Click Install.

4. Register InterLink as a server: A. Open a Windows Command Prompt. Click Start, then Run... and type cmd. B. Change directory to: C:\Program Files\Common Files\ABB
Automation\InterLink
Copyright 1999-2006, 2008-2009 ABB. All rights reserved.

C. At the prompt type: interlink -unregServer D. At the prompt type: interlink -regServer 5. Now you should be able to run WebWare Server with RobotStudio, QuickTeach or ProgramMaker.

344

3HAC031359-001 Revision: B